WO2003096980A2 - Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function - Google Patents

Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003096980A2
WO2003096980A2 PCT/US2003/015375 US0315375W WO03096980A2 WO 2003096980 A2 WO2003096980 A2 WO 2003096980A2 US 0315375 W US0315375 W US 0315375W WO 03096980 A2 WO03096980 A2 WO 03096980A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
alkyl
compound
hydrogen
arylalkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2003/015375
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2003096980A3 (en
Inventor
Chongqing Sun
Lawrence Hamann
David Augeri
Yingzhi Bi
Jeffrey Robl
Yan-Ting Huang
Tammy Wang
Ligaya Simpkins
Alexandra Holubec
Original Assignee
Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company filed Critical Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
Priority to JP2004504979A priority Critical patent/JP4637572B2/en
Priority to EP03728951A priority patent/EP1506178A4/en
Priority to AU2003234609A priority patent/AU2003234609A1/en
Publication of WO2003096980A2 publication Critical patent/WO2003096980A2/en
Publication of WO2003096980A3 publication Critical patent/WO2003096980A3/en
Priority to NO20044809A priority patent/NO20044809L/en
Priority to IS7527A priority patent/IS7527A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/06Antiabortive agents; Labour repressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/16Masculine contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22Anxiolytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • A61P5/26Androgens

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to bicyclic compounds, methods of using such compounds in the treatment of androgen receptor-associated conditions, such as age-related diseases, for example sarcopenia, and to pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds.
  • Nuclear hormone receptors constitute a large super-family of structurally-related and sequence-specific gene regulators scientists have named "ligand-dependent transcription factors.” R.M. Evans, Science, 240:889 (1988).
  • the steroid binding NHR's form a recognized subset of the NHR's, including the progesterone receptor (PR), androgen receptor (AR), estrogen receptor (ER), glucocorticoid receptor (GR) and mineralocorticoid receptor (MR).
  • PR progesterone receptor
  • AR androgen receptor
  • ER estrogen receptor
  • GR glucocorticoid receptor
  • MR mineralocorticoid receptor
  • the conventional nuclear hormone receptors are generally transactivators in the presence of ligand, which selectively bind to the NHR in a way that effects gene transcription. In the absence of a corresponding ligand, some of the orphan receptors behave as if they are transcriptionally inert.
  • the AR is a ligand-activated transcriptional regulatory protein that mediates induction of male sexual development and function through its activity with endogenous androgens.
  • androgens are associated with male and female maintenance of muscle mass and strength, bone mass and erythropoiesis.
  • Androgens such as testosterone
  • Androgens also play an important role in many physiological processes, such as differentiation of male internal and external genitalia, development and maintenance of male secondary sexual characteristics (e.g., the development of prostate, seminal vesicles, penis, scrotum, skeletal muscle, redistribution of body fat, stimulation of long bone growth, closure of epiphyses, development of male hair growth pattern and enlargement of larynx), the maintenance of sexual behavior and function (e.g., libido and potency) and spermatogenesis (in man).
  • male secondary sexual characteristics e.g., the development of prostate, seminal vesicles, penis, scrotum, skeletal muscle, redistribution of body fat, stimulation of long bone growth, closure of epiphyses, development of male hair growth pattern and enlargement of larynx
  • the maintenance of sexual behavior and function e.g., libido and potency
  • spermatogenesis in man.
  • the serum androgen concentration in the body declines.
  • the age dependent decline in androgens is associated with changes in body composition for men and women, such as a lower percentage of muscle mass and an increase in body fat, e.g., sarcopenia.
  • modulation of the AR gene can have an impact on the physiological effects associated with androgen production.
  • the effectiveness of known modulators of steroid receptors is often tempered by their undesired side-effect profile, particularly during long-term administration.
  • the administration of synthetic androgens has been associated with liver damage, prostate cancer, adverse effects on male sexual function and adverse effects associated with cardiovascular and erythropoietic function.
  • RU486 is an example of a synthetic antagonist of the PR, which is utilized as a birth control agent (Vegeto et al., Cell 69: 703-713 (1992)).
  • Flutamide is an example of an antagonist of the AR, which is utilized for the treatment of prostate cancer (Neri et al, Endo. 91, 427-437 (1972)).
  • Tamoxifen is an example of a tissue- selective modulator of the ER function, that is used in the treatment of breast cancer (Smigel J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 90, 647-648 (1998)). Tamoxifen can function as an antagonist of the ER in breast tissue while acting as an agonist of the ER in bone (Grese et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94, 14105-14110
  • tissue-selective estrogen receptor modulators Because of the tissue-selective effects seen for Tamoxifen, this agent, and agents like it, are referred to as tissue-selective estrogen receptor modulators.
  • tissue-selective estrogen receptor modulators In addition to synthetically-derived non-endogenous ligands, non- endogenous ligands for NHR's can be obtained from food sources (Regal et al., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 223, 372-378 (2000) and Hempstock et al., J. Med. Food 2, 267-269 (1999)).
  • the flavanoid phytoestrogens are an example of an unnatural ligand for SB-NHR' s that are readily obtained from a food source such as soy (Quella et al., J. Clin.
  • non-natural ligands can be synthetically engineered to serve as modulators of the function of NHR's.
  • engineering of an unnatural ligand can include the identification of a core structure which mimics the natural steroid core system. This can be achieved by random screening against several SB-NHR' s, or through directed approaches using the available crystal structures of a variety of NHR ligand binding domains (Bourguet et al., Nature 375, 377-382 (1995), Brzozowski, et al., Nature 389, 753-758 (1997), Shiau et al., Cell 95, 927-937 (1998) and Tanenbaum et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • Differential substitution about such a steroid mimic core can provide agents with selectivity for one receptor versus another. In addition, such modifications can be employed to obtain agents with agonist or antagonist activity for a particular SB-NHR. Differential substitution about the steroid mimic core can result in the formation of a series of high affinity agonists and antagonists with specificity for, for example, ER versus PR versus AR versus GR versus MR. Such an approach of differential substitution has been reported, for example, for quinoline based modulators of steroid NHRs in Hamann et. al., J. Med. Chem., 41, 623 (1998); Hamann et. al., J. Med. Chem.
  • identification of compounds which have good specificity for one or more steroid receptors, but which have reduced or no cross-reactivity for other steroid or intracellular receptors would be of significant value in the treatment of male and female hormone-responsive diseases.
  • selective modulators of the steroid binding nuclear hormone receptors particularly non-steroidal, non-toxic tissue selective androgen receptor modulators, which activate the androgen receptor in skeletal muscle while demonstrating limited or neutral effect on other androgen responsive (e.g., prostate) tissues.
  • compounds which are capable of modulating the function of a nuclear hormone receptor.
  • the compounds are selective androgen receptor modulators, and have the general formula I
  • Rj is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, C0 2 R- t , CONR 4 R 4 ' and CH 2 OR 4 - R 2 and R 2 ' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), OR 3 , SR 3 , halo, NHR 3 , NHCOR 4 , NHC0 2 R 4 , NHCONR 4 R 4 ' and NHS0 2 R 4 ;
  • R 3 in each functional group is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF 2 , CF 3 and COR 4 ;
  • R 4 and R 4 ' in each functional group are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 5 and R 5 ' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or
  • R 7 and R 7 ' in each functional group are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen(H), OR 4 , alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl
  • G is an aryl, heterocyclo or heteroaryl group, wherein said group is mono- or polycyclic, and which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, CN, CF 3 , OR 4 , C0 2 R 4 , N jR- t ', CON t R- ⁇ CH 2 OR 4 , alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; W is selected from the group consisting of (CR 6 R 6 '), C(R 6 )OR 3 ,
  • n is an integer of 1 or 2, with the proviso that when R 5 and R 5 ' and/or R 6 and R 6 ' are taken together to form a double bond with CR 7 R 7 ', then where either R 7 or R 7 ' is OR 4 , R 4 is not hydrogen.
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, C0 2 R 4 , CON ⁇ t ' and CH 2 OR 4 ;
  • R 2 and R 2 ' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), OR 3 , SR 3 , halo, NHR 3 , NHCOR 4 , NHC0 2 R 4 , NHCONR 4 R 4 ' and NHSOzR t ;
  • R 3 in each functional group is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF 2 , CF 3 and COR- t ;
  • R- t and R 4 ' in each functional group are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 6 and R 6 ' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R 6 and R 6 ' is hydrogen, or R 6 and R 6 ' taken together can form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S), NR 7 or CR 7 R 7 ';
  • X and Y are each independently oxygen (O) or sulfur (S);
  • G is an aryl, heterocyclo or heteroaryl group, wherein said group is mono- or polycyclic, and which is optionally substituted with one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, CN, CF 3 , OR 4 , C0 2 R 4 , NR 4 R 4 ', CONR- t RV, CH 2 OR 4 , alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; and W is selected from the group consisting of (CI ⁇ ), C(R 6 )OR 3 ,
  • n is an integer of 1 or 2.
  • formula lh is inclusive of all prodrug esters, stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of formula lh.
  • the compounds of formula I and formula lh modulate the function of the nuclear hormone receptors, particularly the androgen receptor, and include compounds which are, for example, selective agonists, partial agonists, antagonists or partial antagonists of the androgen receptor.
  • the compounds of formula I possess activity as agonists of the androgen receptor and may be used in the treatment of diseases or disorders associated with androgen receptor activity, such as maintenance of muscle strength and function (e.g., in the elderly); reversal or prevention of frailty or age-related functional decline ("ARFD") in the elderly (e.g., sarcopenia); prevention of catabolic side effects of glucocorticoids; prevention and treatment of reduced bone density or growth (e.g., osteoporosis and osteopenia); treatment of chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS); chronic myalgia; treatment of acute fatigue syndrome and muscle loss following elective surgery (e.g., post-surgical rehabilitation); acceleration of wound healing; accelerating bone fracture repair (such as accelerating the recovery of hip fracture patients); treatment of wasting secondary to fractures and wasting in connection with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic liver disease, AIDS, weightlessness, cancer cachexia, burn and trauma recovery, chronic catabolic state (e.g., coma), chronic
  • the present invention provides for compounds of formula I and lh, pharmaceutical compositions employing such compounds and for methods of using such compounds.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I, lh or both, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a method for preventing, inhibiting or treating the progression or onset of diseases or disorders associated with nuclear hormone receptors, particularly, the androgen receptor, such as the diseases or disorders defined above and hereinafter, wherein a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I, lh or both, is administered to a mammalian, i.e., human, patient in need of treatment.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used alone, in combination with other compounds of the present invention, or in combination with one or more other agent(s) active in the therapeutic areas described herein.
  • a method for preventing, inhibiting or treating the diseases as defined above and hereinafter, wherein a therapeutically effective amount of a combination of a compound of formula I, lh or both, and another type of therapeutic agent, is administered to a human patient in need of treatment.
  • R 5 and R 5 ' are hydrogen or are taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O) or sulfur (S); and
  • R 6 and R 6 ' are taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O) or sulfur (S).
  • Additional preferred embodiments include are compounds of formula I and lh wherein
  • R] is hydrogen (H) or alkyl
  • R 2 is hydroxyl (OH).
  • R 8 , R 9 , Rio and R ⁇ in each functional group are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), N0 2 , CN, CF 3 , ORj, C0 2 R 4 , NR 4 R 4 , CON ⁇ ', CH 2 OR-j, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
  • a to F is each independently selected from N or CR] ;
  • J, K, L, P and Q are each independently selected from NR 12 , O, S, SO, S0 2 or CR 12 R 12 ';
  • R 12 and R 12 ' in each functional group are each independently selected from a bond or R ⁇ and m is an integer of 0 or 1.
  • the present invention also provides processes for preparing some compounds of the invention.
  • the present invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition capable of modulating the androgen receptor comprising a compound of the formula I
  • Ri is selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, C0 2 R 4 , CONR- t Rj' and CH ⁇ R- ⁇
  • R 2 and R 2 ' are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl, substituted alkyl, OR 3 , SR 3 , halo, NHR 4 , NHCOR 4 , NHC0 2 R 4 , NHCONR ⁇ ' and NHS0 2 R 4 ; and at least one of R 2 and R 2 ' is H or alkyl, with the exception that R 2 and R 2 ' can both be OR 3 when R 3 is not H;
  • R 3 in each functional group is independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF 2 , CF 3 and COR- t ;
  • R 4 and R 4 ' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 5 and R 5 ' are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted
  • R 6 and R 6 ' are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R 6 and R ⁇ is hydrogen, or R 6 and R 6 ' taken together can form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S), NR 7 or CR 7 R 7 ';
  • R 7 and R 7 ' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), OR 4 , alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
  • G is an aryl, heterocyclo or heteroaryl group, wherein said group is mono- or polycyclic, and which is optionally substituted with one or more substitutents selected from hydrogen, halo, CN, CF 3 , OR 4 , CO 2 R 4 , NR 4 R 4 ', CONR 4 R 4 ', CH 2 OR 4 , alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; and
  • W is selected from (CR ⁇ '), C(R 6 )OR 3 , C(R 6 )(NR 4 R 4 "), n is an integer of 1 or 2; including all prodrug esters, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and stereoisomers thereof, with the following provisos:
  • R 2 or R 2 ' are hydrogen, OR 3 , halo, NHCOR 4 , NHC0 2 R,, NHCONI ⁇ RV or NHS0 2 R 4 ;
  • R 5 and R 5 ' are hydrogen or form a double bond with oxygen or sulfur;
  • R 6 and R 6 ' are hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, or heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R ⁇ and Rg' is hydrogen, or R 6 and R 6 ' taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S) or NR 7 ;
  • R 7 is hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, or heteroary
  • G has the following structure:
  • R 13 is selected from hydrogen (H), cyano (-CN), nitro (-N0 2 ), halo, heterocyclo, ORj 4 , C0 2 R, 5 , CONHR I5 , COR J5 , S(0) p R 15 , S0 2 NR 15 R 15 ' > NHCOR 15 and NHS0 2 R 15 ;
  • R )4 in each functional group is independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF 2 , CF 3 and COR 15 ;
  • R 15 and R ⁇ 5 ' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl and -CN;
  • a and B are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), halo, cyano(-CN), nitro(-N0 2 ), alkyl or substituted alkyl and OR ]4 ; and p is an integer from 0 to 2.
  • the present invention provides for the compound as defined in claim 1 wherein G is selected from:
  • R 8 , R 9 , Rio and Rn are each independently selected from hydrogen (H),
  • a to F is each independently selected from N or CR 9 ;
  • J, K, L, P and Q are each independently selected from NR 12 , O, S, SO, S0 2 or CR 12 R ⁇ 2 '; R 12 and R ⁇ 2 ' in each functional group are each independently selected m is an integer of 0 or 1.
  • the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 2 wherein
  • Ri is hydrogen (H) or alkyl
  • R 2 or R 2 ' is hydroxyl (OH);
  • R 5 and R 5 ' are hydrogen or are taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O) or sulfur (S);
  • R 6 and R 6 ' are taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O) or sulfur (S).
  • the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 2 wherein R 8 is CN.
  • the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 1 selected from:
  • the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 1 selected from:
  • the present invention provides for a compound of formula lh
  • R ! is selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, CO 2 R 4 , CONR-jR/ and CH 2 OR4;
  • R 2 and R 2 ' are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl, substituted alkyl, OR 3 , SR 3 , halo, NHR 4 , NHCOR 4 , NHCO 2 R 4 , NHCONR-jRV and NHS0 2 R 4 ; and at least one of R 2 and R 2 ' is H or alkyl, with the exception that R 2 and R 2 ' can both be OR 3 when R 3 is not H;
  • R 3 in each functional group is independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF 2 , CF 3 and COR 4 ;
  • R 4 and R 4 ' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
  • X and Y are each independently oxygen (O) or sulfur (S);
  • G is an aryl, heterocyclo or heteroaryl group, wherein said group is mono- or polycyclic, and which is optionally substituted with one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, CN, CF 3 , OR 4 , C0 2 R 4 , NR-tR , CONR-jR- CH 2 OR 4 , alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; and
  • W is selected from n is an integer of 1 or 2; including all prodrug esters, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and stereoisomers thereof, with the following proviso:
  • R 2 or R 2 ' is hydrogen, OR 3 , halo, NHCOR 4 , NHC0 2 R 4 , NHCONR 4 R 4 ' or NHS0 2 R4; and
  • G has the following structure:
  • R ⁇ 3 is selected from hydrogen (H), cyano (-CN), nitro (-N0 2 ), halo, heterocyclo, OR 14 , C0 2 R ⁇ 5 , CONHR 15 , COR, 5 , S(0) p R 15 , SO Z NR IJ R ⁇ ' , NHCOR 15 and NHS0 2 R 15 ;
  • R ⁇ 4 in each functional group is independently selected from (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF 2 , CF 3 and COR 15 ;
  • R 15 and R 15 ' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl and -CN;
  • a and B are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), halo, cyano(-CN), nitro(-N0 2 ), alkyl or substituted alkyl and OR )4 ; and p is an integer from 0 to 2.
  • the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 7 wherein G is selected from:
  • R 8 , R 9 , Rio and R ⁇ in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), N0 2 , CN, CF 3 , OR 4 , C0 2 R4, NR4R 4 ', CONR 4 R 4 .
  • CH 2 OR 4 alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
  • a to F is each independently selected from N or CR 9 ;
  • J, K, L, P and Q are each independently selected from NR ⁇ 2 , O, S, SO, S0 2 or CR 12 R, 2 '; R ⁇ 2 and R )2 ' in each functional group are each independently selected m is an integer of 0 or 1.
  • the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 8 wherein Rj is hydrogen (H) or alkyl; and R 2 or R 2 ' is hydroxyl (OH).
  • the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 8 wherein R 8 is CN.
  • the present invention provides the pharmaceutical composition as defined in claim 1 further comprising a growth promoting agent.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in claim 1 and at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from other compounds of formula I, parathyroid hormone, bisphosphonates, estrogen, testosterone, progesterone, selective estrogen receptor modulators, growth hormone secretagogues, growth hormone, progesterone receptor modulators, anti- diabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti- osteoporosis agents, anti-obesity agents, cardiac glycosides, cholesterol lowering agents, anti-depressants, anti-anxiety agents, anabolic agents, and thyroid mimetics.
  • additional therapeutic agent selected from other compounds of formula I, parathyroid hormone, bisphosphonates, estrogen, testosterone, progesterone, selective estrogen receptor modulators, growth hormone secretagogues, growth hormone, progesterone receptor modulators, anti- diabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti- osteoporosis agents, anti-obesity agents, cardiac glycosides, cholesterol lowering
  • the present invention provides for a method for treating or delaying the progression or onset of muscular atrophy, lipodistrophy, long-term critical illness, sarcopenia, frailty or age-related functional decline, reduced muscle strength and function, reduced bone density or growth, the catabolic side effects of glucocorticoids, chronic fatigue syndrome, bone fracture repair, acute fatigue syndrome and muscle loss following elective surgery, cachexia, chronic catabolic state, eating disorders, side effects of chemotherapy, wasting, depression, nervousness, irritability, stress, growth retardation, reduced cognitive function, male contraception, hypogonadism, Syndrome X, diabetic complications or obesity, which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition as defined in claim 1.
  • the present invention provides for a method according to claim 13 further comprising administering, concurrently or sequentially, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of other compounds formula I, parathyroid hormone, bisphosphonates, estrogen, testosterone, progesterone, selective estrogen receptor modulators, growth hormone secretagogues, growth hormone, progesterone receptor modulators, anti- diabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti- osteoporosis agents, anti-obesity agents, cardiac glycosides, cholesterol lowering agents, anti-depressants, anti-anxiety agents, anabolic agents and thyroid mimetics.
  • additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of other compounds formula I, parathyroid hormone, bisphosphonates, estrogen, testosterone, progesterone, selective estrogen receptor modulators, growth hormone secretagogues, growth hormone, progesterone receptor modulators, anti- diabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti- osteoporosis agents, anti-o
  • the present invention provides for a process for preparing a compound of formula Id
  • the present invention provides for the process of claim 16 wherein the protecting group is tert-Butyldimethylsilyl; the silylating reagent is tert-Butyldimethylsilyl (chloride); the reducing agent is lithium aluminum hydride or lithium borohydride; the leaving group is Tosyl; the base is potassium tert- butoxide.
  • the present invention provides for a process for preparing a compound of formula XII ,
  • the present invention provides for a process for preparing a compound of formula XIV
  • DMPU l,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(lH)-pyrimidinone
  • YMC ® trademark of YMC Co, Ltd., Kyoto, Japan
  • CuBr copper(I) bromide
  • CuCN copper(I) cyanide
  • NMP l-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • h hour(s)
  • alkyl denotes branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chains, preferably having about 1 to about 8 carbons, such as, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, 2- methylpentyl pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, 4,4-dimethyl pentyl, octyl, 2,2,4- trimethylpentyl and the like.
  • Substituted alkyl includes an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more functional groups which are attached commonly to such chains, such as, hydroxyl, bromo, fluoro, chloro, iodo, mercapto or thio, cyano, alkylthio, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carboxyl, carbalkoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, nitro, amino, alkoxyl, amido, and the like to form alkyl groups such as trifluoro methyl, 3-hydroxyhexyl, 2-carboxypropyl, 2- fluoroethyl, carboxymethyl, cyanobutyl and the like.
  • one or more functional groups which are attached commonly to such chains, such as, hydroxyl, bromo, fluoro, chloro, iodo, mercapto or thio, cyano, alkylthio, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carboxyl, carbal
  • cycloalkyl as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes saturated or partially unsaturated (containing 1 or more double bonds) cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing 1 to 3 rings, including monocyclicalkyl, bicyclicalkyl and tricyclicalkyl, containing a total of 3 to 20 carbons forming the rings, preferably 3 to 10 carbons, forming the ring and which may be fused to 1 or 2 aromatic rings as described for aryl, which include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl and cyclododecyl, cyclohexenyl,
  • Substituted cycloalkyl includes a cycloalkyl group optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents such as halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylamido, alkanoylamino, oxo, acyl, arylcarbonylamino, amino, nitro, cyano, thiol and/or alkylthio and/or any of the substituents included in the definition of "substituted alkyl.”
  • substituents such as halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylamido, alkanoylamino, oxo, acyl, arylcarbonylamino, amino, nitro, cyano, thiol and/or alkylthio and/or any of the substitu
  • alkenyl refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons, and more preferably 2 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one or more double bonds in the normal chain, such as vinyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 2- hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 2-heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, 3-octenyl, 3-nonenyl, 4-decenyl, 3-undecenyl, 4-dodecenyl, 4,8,12-tetradecatrienyl, and the like.
  • Substituted alkenyl includes an alkenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents, such as the substituents included above in the definition of "substituted alkyl” and “substituted cycloalkyl.”
  • alkynyl refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons and more preferably 2 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one or more triple bonds in the normal chain, such as 2-propynyl, 3-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 4-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3- hexynyl, 2-heptynyl, 3-heptynyl, 4-heptynyl, 3-octynyl, 3-nonynyl, 4- decynyl,3-undecynyl, 4-dodecynyl and the like.
  • Substituted alkynyl includes an alkynyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents, such as the substituents included above in the definition of "substituted alkyl” and “substituted cycloalkyl.”
  • arylalkyl refers to alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups as described above having an aryl substituent.
  • Representative examples of arylalkyl include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, phenethyl, benzhydryl and naphthylmethyl and the like.
  • Substituted arylalkyl includes arylalkyl groups wherein the aryl portion is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, such as the substituents included above in the definition of "substituted alkyl” and “substituted cycloalkyl.”
  • halogen or "halo” as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to chlorine, bromine, fluorine, and iodine.
  • aryl or “Ar” as employed herein alone or as part of another group refers to monocyclic and polycyclic aromatic groups containing 6 to 10 carbons in the ring portion (such as phenyl or naphthyl including 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl) and may optionally include one to three additional rings fused to a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring (such as aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or cycloheteroalkyl rings), for example
  • Substituted aryl includes an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more functional groups, such as halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, alkynyl, cycloalkyl- alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, arylalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylalkenyl, aminocarbonylaryl, arylthio, arylsulfinyl, arylazo, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylheteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, substituted amino wherein the amino includes 1 or
  • heteroaryl refers to a 5- or 7- membered aromatic ring which includes 1, 2, 3 or 4 hetero atoms such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur and such rings fused to an aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring (e.g. benzothiophenyl, indolyl), and includes possible N-oxides.
  • “Substituted heteroaryl” includes a heteroaryl group optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, such as the substituents included above in the definition of "substituted alkyl” and “substituted cycloalkyl.” Examples of heteroaryl groups include the following:
  • heterocyclo represents an unsubstituted or substituted stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic ring system which may be saturated or unsaturated, and which consists of carbon atoms and from one to four heteroatoms selected from N, O or S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable structure.
  • heterocyclic groups include, but is not limited to, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxopiperazinyl, oxopiperidinyl, oxopyrrolidinyl, oxoazepinyl, azepinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isooxazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamo ⁇ hol
  • the compounds of formula I can be present as salts, which are also within the scope of this invention. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred. If the compounds of formula I have, for example, at least one basic center, they can form acid addition salts.
  • acetic acid such as saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for example oxalic, malonic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, phthalic or terephthalic acid, such as hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example ascorbic, glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric or citric acid, such as amino acids, (for example aspartic or glutamic acid or lysine or arginine), or benzoic acid, or with organic sulfonic acids, such as (C r C 4 ) alkyl or arylsulfonic acids which are unsubstituted or substituted, for example by halogen, for example acetic acid, such as saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for example oxalic, malonic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, phthalic or terephthalic acid, such as hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example ascorbic, glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric or citric acid
  • Corresponding acid addition salts can also be formed having, if desired, an additionally present basic center.
  • the compounds of formula I having at least one acid group can also form salts with bases.
  • Suitable salts with bases are, for example, metal salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium or magnesium salts, or salts with ammonia or an organic amine, such as mo ⁇ holine, thiomo ⁇ holine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, a mono, di or tri-lower alkylamine, for example ethyl, tert-butyl, diethyl, diisopropyl, triethyl, tributyl or dimethyl- propylamine, or a mono, di or trihydroxy lower alkylamine, for example mono, di or triethanolamine.
  • Corresponding internal salts may furthermore be formed. Salts which are unsuitable for pharmaceutical uses but which can be employed, for example, for the isolation or purification of free compounds of formula I or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, are also included. Preferred salts of the compounds of formula I which contain a basic group include monohydrochloride, hydrogensulfate, methanesulfonate, phosphate or nitrate.
  • Preferred salts of the compounds of formula I which contain an acid group include sodium, potassium and magnesium salts and pharmaceutically acceptable organic amines.
  • modulator refers to a chemical compound with capacity to either enhance (e.g., "agonist” activity) or inhibit (e.g., "antagonist” activity) a functional property of biological activity or process (e.g., enzyme activity or receptor binding); such enhancement or inhibition may be contingent on the occurrence of a specific event, such as activation of a signal transduction pathway, and/or may be manifest only in particular cell types.
  • prodrug esters as employed herein includes esters and carbonates formed by reacting one or more hydroxyls of compounds of formula I with alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl substituted acylating agents employing procedures known to those skilled in the art to generate acetates, pivalates, methylcarbonates, benzoates and the like.
  • any compound that can be converted in vivo to provide the bioactive agent i.e., the compound of formula I
  • prodrugs are well known in the art. A comprehensive description of prodrugs and prodrug derivatives are described in: a.) The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry, Camille G. Wermuth et al., Ch 31, (Academic Press, 1996); b.) Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985); c.) A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, P. Krogsgaard- Larson and H. Bundgaard, eds. Ch 5, pgs 113 - 191 (Harwood Academic Publishers, 1991). Said references are inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • An administration of a therapeutic agent of the invention includes administration of a therapeutically effective amount of the agent of the invention.
  • therapeutically effective amount refers to an amount of a therapeutic agent to treat or prevent a condition treatable by administration of a composition of the invention. That amount is the amount sufficient to exhibit a detectable therapeutic or preventative or ameliorative effect. The effect may include, for example, treatment or prevention of the conditions listed herein.
  • the precise effective amount for a subject will depend upon the subject's size and health, the nature and extent of the condition being treated, recommendations of the treating physician, and the therapeutics or combination of therapeutics selected for administration. Thus, it is not useful to specify an exact effective amount in advance.
  • All stereoisomers of the compounds of the instant invention are contemplated, either in admixture or in pure or substantially pure form.
  • the compounds of the present invention can have asymmetric centers at any of the carbon atoms including any one of the R substituents. Consequently, compounds of formula I can exist in enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms or in mixtures thereof.
  • the processes for preparation can utilize racemates, enantiomers or diastereomers as starting materials. When diastereomeric or enantiomeric products are prepared, they can be separated by conventional methods for example, chromatographic, chiral HPLC or fractional crystallization.
  • TBDMSCI 1. p-Tosyl CI R 2 . / -j - ⁇
  • compounds of formula la can be prepared from suitably protected intermediates of formula II.
  • Intermediates of formula II can be obtained commercially, can be prepared by methods known in the literature or can be readily prepared by one skilled in the art.
  • Treatment of II with an intermediate of formula III yields an intermediate of formula of IV.
  • the intermediates of formula III can be obtained, for example, from commercially available isocyanates and thioisocyanates and or can be readily prepared by one skilled in the art.
  • the intermediate of formula IV can be treated with a base, such as DBU, to yield a compound of formula la.
  • Compounds of formula la represent compounds of formula I wherein R] is H, R 5 and R 5 ' are taken together to form a double bond with O or S and R 6 and R 6 ' are taken together to form a double bond with O or S.
  • compounds of formula Id and le can be prepared from suitably protected intermediates of formula II by reacting with a compound of formula Ilia to form an intermediate of formula IVa.
  • An intermediate of the formula IVa can be hydrolysed under basic conditions to give an intermediate of the formula XIX and then carried on to a compound of the formula Id with the use of a suitable coupling reagents such as, for example DCC.
  • An intermediate of the formula XX can then be derivatized on the primary hydroxyl functionality with a suitable leaving group such as Tosyl, with, for example, j-?-toluenesulfonyl chloride, followed by base treatment such as with potassium t ⁇ rt-butoxide to give a compound of the formula le.
  • a compound of formula lb, wherein Rj is H can be converted to a compound of formula lc wherein Ri is a functional group other than H, as defined herein, by treatment with a base such as LDA and an alkyl halide, such as iodomethane, preferably in a solvent such as THF at low temperatures (e.g., -78°C).
  • a base such as LDA
  • an alkyl halide such as iodomethane
  • THF low temperatures
  • Compounds of formula lc represent compounds of formula I wherein R] is a functional group other than H and R 5 and R 5 ' are taken together to form a double bond with O.
  • subsequent reaction of compounds of formula lc with a Lawesson's Reagent will convert Y from oxygen (O) to sulfur (S).
  • a compound of formula lc can be converted by treatment with a reducing agent, such as LiEt 3 BH, preferably in a solvent such as THF at low temperatures ( ⁇ - 40 °C) to give an intermediate V.
  • Intermediate V is subsequently treated further with Et 3 SiH in the presence of boron trifluoride diethyl etherate in a halogenated solvent such as 1,2- dichloroethane at low temperatures ( ⁇ 0 °C) to yield a compound of formula VI.
  • Compounds of formula VI represent compounds of formula I wherein R 5 and R 5 ' are hydrogen.
  • a compound of formula VI can be oxidized to a compound of formula Via using standard conditions of known oxidation methods, such as, for example, Swern or Dess-Martin.
  • Scheme IV describes a method for preparing compounds of formula XIV from N-protected amino acids of formula VII, which can be obtained commercially or can be prepared by methods known in the literature or can be readily prepared by one skilled in the art.
  • An intermediate of formula VII is treated with a reducing agent, such as borane, to form an alcohol intermediate VIII, which can be oxidized to an aldehyde intermediate IX.
  • a reducing agent such as borane
  • an intermediate of formula VII can be coupled to N,0-dimethylhydroxylamine to form amide X, which can be treated with a Grignard reagent or an organolithium reagent to form an alkylketone XI.
  • the aldehyde intermediate IX or an alkylketone XI can be reacted with an amine of formula XV in the presence of a reducing agent, such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride to give an intermediate of formula XII.
  • a reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride
  • Removal of N-protecting group (L) can be achieved by methods known in the literature or by one skilled in the art to provide an intermediate of formula XIII.
  • the intermediate of formula XIII can be treated with phosgene or phosgene equivalent in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, to provide a compound of formula XIV.
  • an intermediate of formula VII as described in Scheme IV can be coupled to an amine XV using a coupling reagent, such as those described in "The Practice of Peptide Synthesis” (Spring- Verlag, 2 nd Ed., Bodanszy, Miklos, 1993), to yield an amide intermediate of formula XVI. Removal of N-protecting group can be achieved by methods known in the literature or by one skilled in the art to provide an intermediate of formula XVII.
  • the intermediate of formula XVII is treated with an aldehyde (R 6 CHO) in suitable solvent (such as ethanol, methanol, THF or CH 2 C1 2 ), with or without the presence of a base, such as K 2 C0 3 , NaOH or DBU, or a weak acid, such as HO Ac, to give a compound of formula XVIII.
  • suitable solvent such as ethanol, methanol, THF or CH 2 C1 2
  • a base such as K 2 C0 3 , NaOH or DBU, or a weak acid, such as HO Ac
  • Aldehydes of formula R 6 CHO can be obtained from commercial sources, can be prepared by methods known in the literature or readily prepared by one skilled in the art.
  • Compounds of formula XVIII represent compounds of formula I wherein R 5 and R 5 ' are taken together to form a double bond with oxygen (O) and R 6 ' is hydrogen and R 6 is as defined herein.
  • Scheme V may be utilized to provide compounds of formula I wherein R 6 is hydrogen and R 6 ' is as defined herein.
  • R 6 is hydrogen and R 6 ' is as defined herein.
  • subsequent reaction of compounds of formula XVIII with a Lawesson's Reagent will provide compounds of formula I wherein R 5 and R 5 ' are taken together to form a double bond with sulfur (S).
  • Scheme VI describes a method to prepare isocyanates of general formula III wherein intermediates XV are treated with phosgene or a phosgene like reagent in the presence of an inorganic base such as sodium bicarbonate, or a organic base such as diisopropylethylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane to afford an isocyanate of formula III.
  • an inorganic base such as sodium bicarbonate, or a organic base such as diisopropylethylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane
  • Scheme Via describes a method for preparing isocyanates of general formula Ilia.
  • Substituted aryl or heteroaryl amines of formula XV are treated with phosgene or a phosgene like reagent in the presence of an inorganic base such as sodium bicarbonate, or a organic base such as diisopropylethylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane to afford an isocyanate of formula Ilia.
  • Substituted aryl or heteroaryl amines as described above can be obtained commercially or can be prepared by methods known in the literature or by one skilled in the art.
  • the compounds of the present invention modulate the function of the nuclear hormone receptors, particularly the androgen receptor, and include compounds which are, for example, selective agonists, partial agonists, antagonists or partial antagonists of the androgen receptor (AR).
  • AR androgen receptor
  • the present compounds are useful in the treatment of AR-associated conditions.
  • An "AR-associated condition,” as used herein, denotes a condition or disorder which can be treated by modulating the function or activity of an AR in a subject, wherein treatment comprises prevention, partial alleviation or cure of the condition or disorder. Modulation may occur locally, for example, within certain tissues of the subject, or more extensively throughout a subject being treated for such a condition or disorder.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered to animals, preferably humans, for the treatment of a variety of conditions and disorders, including, but not limited to maintenance of muscle strength and function (e.g., in the elderly); reversal or prevention of frailty or age-related functional decline ("ARFD") in the elderly (e.g., sarcopenia); treatment of catabolic side effects of glucocorticoids; prevention and/or treatment of reduced bone mass, density or growth (e.g., osteoporosis and osteopenia); treatment of chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS); chronic myalgia; treatment of acute fatigue syndrome and muscle loss following elective surgery (e.g., post-surgical rehabilitation); accelerating of wound healing; accelerating bone fracture repair (such as accelerating the recovery of hip fracture patients); accelerating healing of complicated fractures, e.g.
  • AFD age-related functional decline
  • CFS chronic fatigue syndrome
  • CFS chronic myalgia
  • treatment of acute fatigue syndrome and muscle loss following elective surgery e.g., post-
  • distraction osteogenesis in joint replacement; prevention of post-surgical adhesion formation; acceleration of tooth repair or growth; maintenance of sensory function (e.g., hearing, sight, olefaction and taste); treatment of periodontal disease; treatment of wasting secondary to fractures and wasting in connection with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic liver disease, AIDS, weightlessness, cancer cachexia, burn and trauma recovery, chronic catabolic state (e.g., coma), eating disorders (e.g., anorexia) and chemotherapy; treatment of cardiomyopathy; treatment of thrombocytopenia; treatment of growth retardation in connection with Crohn's disease; treatment of short bowel syndrome; treatment of irritable bowel syndrome; treatment of inflammatory bowel disease; treatment of Crohn's disease and ulcerative colits; treatment of complications associated with transplantation; treatment of physiological short stature including growth hormone deficient children and short stature associated with chronic illness; treatment of obesity and growth retardation associated with obesity; treatment of anorexia (e.g., associated with cachexia
  • the present invention includes within its scope pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredient, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of the compounds of formula I, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutical carrier or diluent.
  • compounds of the present invention can be used alone, in combination with other compounds of the invention, or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agent(s), e.g., an antibiotic or other pharmaceutically active material.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be combined with growth promoting agents, such as, but not limited to, TRH, diethylstilbesterol, theophylline, enkephalins, E series prostaglandins, compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be used in combination with growth hormone secretagogues such as GHRP-6, GHRP-1 (as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,411,890 and publications WO 89/07110 and WO 89/07111), GHRP-2 (as described in WO 93/04081), NN703 (Novo Nordisk), LY444711 (Lilly), MK-677 (Merck), CP424391 (Pfizer) and B-HT920, or with growth hormone releasing factor and its analogs or growth hormone and its analogs or somatomedins including IGF-1 and IGF-2, or with alpha-adrenergic agonists, such as clonidine or serotinin 5-HT D agonists, such as sumatriptan, or agents which inhibit somatostatin or its release, such as physostigmine and pyridostigmine.
  • growth hormone secretagogues such as GHRP-6, GHRP-1 (as described in U.
  • a still further use of the compounds of the invention is in combination with estrogen, testosterone, a selective estrogen receptor modulator, such as tamoxifen or raloxifene, or other androgen receptor modulators, such as those disclosed in Edwards, J. P. et. al, Bio. Med. Chem. Let., 9, 1003-1008 (1999) and Hamann, L. G. et. al, J. Med. Chem., Al, 210-212 (1999).
  • a selective estrogen receptor modulator such as tamoxifen or raloxifene
  • other androgen receptor modulators such as those disclosed in Edwards, J. P. et. al, Bio. Med. Chem. Let., 9, 1003-1008 (1999) and Hamann, L. G. et. al, J. Med. Chem., Al, 210-212 (1999).
  • a further use of the compounds of this invention is in combination with progesterone receptor agonists ("PRA”), such as levonorgestrel, medroxyprogesterone acetate (MPA).
  • PRA progesterone receptor agonists
  • MPA medroxyprogesterone acetate
  • the compounds of the present invention may be employed alone or in combination with each other and/or other modulators of nuclear hormone receptors or other suitable therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of the aforementioned disorders including: anti-diabetic agents; anti-osteoporosis agents; anti-obesity agents; anti-inflammatory agents; anti-anxiety agents; anti- depressants; anti-hypertensive agents; anti-platelet agents; anti-thrombotic and thrombolytic agents; cardiac glycosides; cholesterol/lipid lowering agents; mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists; phospodiesterase inhibitors; protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors; thyroid mimetics (including thyroid receptor agonists); anabolic agents; HIV or AIDS therapies; therapies useful in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease and other cognitive disorders; therapies useful in the treatment of sleeping disorders; anti-proliferative agents; and anti-tumor agents.
  • suitable therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of the aforementioned disorders including: anti-diabetic agents; anti-
  • Suitable anti-diabetic agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include biguanides (e.g., metformin), glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., acarbose), insulins (including insulin secretagogues or insulin sensitizers), meglitinides (e.g., repaglinide), sulfonylureas (e.g., glimepiride, glyburide and glipizide), biguanide/glyburide combinations (e.g., Glucovance®), thiazolidinediones (e.g., troglitazone, rosiglitazone and pioglitazone), PPAR-alpha agonists, PPAR-gamma agonists, PPAR alpha/gamma dual agonists, SGLT2 inhibitors, glycogen phosphorylase inhibitors, inhibitors of fatty acid binding protein (aP2) such as those disclosed in U.
  • Suitable anti-osteoporosis agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include alendronate, risedronate, PTH, PTH fragment, raloxifene, calcitonins, steroidal or non-steroidal progesterone receptor agonists, RANK ligand antagonists, calcium sensing receptor antagonists, TRAP inhibitors, selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERM's), estrogen and AP-1 inhibitors.
  • Suitable anti-obesity agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include aP2 inhibitors, such as those disclosed in U.S. Serial No. 09/519,079 filed March 6, 2000, PPAR gamma antagonists, PPAR delta agonists, beta 3 adrenergic agonists, such as AJ9677 (Takeda/Dainippon), L750355 (Merck), or CP331648 (Pfizer) or other known beta 3 agonists as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos.
  • aP2 inhibitors such as those disclosed in U.S. Serial No. 09/519,079 filed March 6, 2000
  • PPAR gamma antagonists such as those disclosed in U.S. Serial No. 09/519,079 filed March 6, 2000
  • PPAR gamma antagonists such as those disclosed in U.S. Serial No. 09/519,079 filed March 6, 2000
  • PPAR gamma antagonists such as those disclosed in U.S. Serial No
  • a lipase inhibitor such as orlistat or ATL- 962 (Alizyme)
  • a serotonin (and dopamine) reuptake inhibitor such as sibutramine, topiramate (Johnson & Johnson) or axokine (Regeneron)
  • a thyroid receptor beta drug such as a thyroid receptor ligand as disclosed in WO 97/21993 (U.
  • anorectic agent such as dexamphetamine, phentermine, phenylpropanolamine or mazindol.
  • Suitable anti-inflammatory agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include prednisone, dexamethasone, Enbrel®, cyclooxygenase inhibitors (i.e., COX-1 and/or COX- 2 inhibitors such as NSAIDs, aspirin, indomethacin, ibuprofen, piroxicam, Naproxen®, Celebrex®, Vioxx®), CTLA4-Ig agonists/antagonists, CD40 ligand antagonists, IMPDH inhibitors, such as mycophenolate (CellCept®), integrin antagonists, alpha-4 beta-7 integrin antagonists, cell adhesion inhibitors, interferon gamma antagonists, ICAM-1, tumor necrosis factor (TNF) antagonists (e.g., infliximab, OR1384), prostaglandin synthesis inhibitors, budesonide, clofazimine, CNI-1493, CD4 antagonists (e.g., pri
  • Patent No. 6,184,231 B I examples of suitable anti-anxiety agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include diazepam, lorazepam, buspirone, oxazepam, and hydroxyzine pamoate.
  • Suitable anti-depressants for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include citalopram, fluoxetine, nefazodone, sertraline, and paroxetine.
  • Suitable anti-hypertensive agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include beta adrenergic blockers, calcium channel blockers (L-type and T-type; e.g. diltiazem, verapamil, nifedipine, amlodipine and mybefradil), diuretics (e.g., chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, flumethiazide, hydroflumethiazide, bendroflumethiazide, methylchlorothiazide, trichloromethiazide, polythiazide, benzthiazide, ethacrynic acid tricrynafen, chlorthalidone, furosemide, musolimine, bumetanide, triamtrenene, amiloride, spironolactone), renin inhibitors, ACE inhibitors (e.g., captopril, zofenopril, fosino
  • Dual ET/AII antagonist e.g., compounds disclosed in WO 00/01389
  • neutral endopeptidase (NEP) inhibitors neutral endopeptidase (NEP) inhibitors
  • vasopepsidase inhibitors dual NEP-ACE inhibitors
  • omapatrilat and gemopatrilat e.g., omapatrilat and gemopatrilat
  • Suitable anti-platelet agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include GPIIb/IIIa blockers (e.g., abciximab, eptifibatide, tirofiban), P2Y12 antagonists (e.g., clopidogrel, ticlopidine, CS-747), thromboxane receptor antagonists (e.g., ifetroban), aspirin, and PDE-III inhibitors (e.g., dipyridamole) with or without aspirin.
  • GPIIb/IIIa blockers e.g., abciximab, eptifibatide, tirofiban
  • P2Y12 antagonists e.g., clopidogrel, ticlopidine, CS-747
  • thromboxane receptor antagonists e.g., ifetroban
  • aspirin e.g., ifetroban
  • PDE-III inhibitors e.g., dipyridamole
  • Suitable cholesterol/lipid lowering agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors (e.g., pravastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, simvastatin, NK- 104 (a.k.a. itavastatin, or nisvastatin or nisbastatin) and ZD-4522 (a.k.a.
  • HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors e.g., pravastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, simvastatin, NK- 104 (a.k.a. itavastatin, or nisvastatin or nisbastatin) and ZD-4522 (a.k.a.
  • squalene synthetase inhibitors include rosuvastatin, or atavastatin or visastatin (squalene synthetase inhibitors), fibrates, bile acid sequestrants, ACAT inhibitors, MTP inhibitors, lipooxygenase inhibitors, cholesterol absorption inhibitors, and cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitors (e.g., CP-529414).
  • mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include spironolactone and eplerinone.
  • PDE phospodiesterase
  • PDE-3 inhibitors such as cilostazol
  • PDE-5 inhibitors phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors
  • suitable anabolic agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include testosterone, TRH diethylstilbesterol, estrogens, ⁇ -agonists, theophylline, anabolic steroids, dehydroepiandrosterone, enkephalins, E-series prostagladins, retinoic acid and compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,239,345, e.g., Zeranol®; U.S. Patent No. 4,036,979, e.g., Sulbenox® or peptides as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,411,890.
  • Suitable therapies for treatment of Alzheimer's disease and cognitive disorders for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include donepezil, tacrine, revastigmine, 5HT6, gamma secretase inhibitors, beta secretase inhibitors, SK channel blockers, Maxi-K blockers, and KCNQs blockers.
  • Suitable therapies for treatment of sleeping disorders for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include melatonin analogs, melatonin receptor antagonists, ML1B agonists, and GAB A/NMD A receptor antagonists.
  • Suitable anti-proliferative agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include cyclosporin A, paclitaxel, FK-506, and adriamycin.
  • suitable anti-tumor agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include paclitaxel, adriamycin, epothilones, cisplatin and carboplatin.
  • Compounds of the present invention may further be used in combination with nutritional supplements such as those described in U.S. 5,179,080, especially in combination with whey protein or casein, amino acids (such as leucine, branched amino acids and hydroxymethylbutyrate), triglycerides, vitamins (e.g., A, B6, B12, folate, C, D and E), minerals (e.g., selenium, magnesium, zinc, chromium, calcium and potassium), carnitine, lipoic acid, creatinine, B-hyroxy-B-methylbutyriate (Juven) and coenzyme Q-10.
  • nutritional supplements such as those described in U.S. 5,179,080, especially in combination with whey protein or casein, amino acids (such as leucine, branched amino acids and hydroxymethylbutyrate), triglycerides, vitamins (e.g., A, B6, B12, folate, C, D and E), minerals (e.g., selenium
  • compounds of the present invention may be used in combination with therapeutic agents used in the treatment of sexual dysfunction, including but not hmited to PDE-5 inhibitors, such as sildenafil or IC-351.
  • Compounds of the present invention may further be used in combination with antiresorptive agents, hormone replacement therapies, vitamin D analogues, elemental calcium and calcium supplements, cathepsin K inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, vitronectin receptor antagonists, Src SH 2 antagonists, vacular -H + - ATPase inhibitors, ipriflavone, fluoride, Tibolone, prostanoids, 17-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitors and Src kinase inhibitors.
  • Compounds of the present invention may be used in combination with male contraceptives, such as nonoxynol 9 or therapeutic agents for the treatment of hair loss, such as minoxidil and finasteride or chemotherapeutic agents, such as with LHRH agonists.
  • male contraceptives such as nonoxynol 9
  • therapeutic agents for the treatment of hair loss such as minoxidil and finasteride
  • chemotherapeutic agents such as with LHRH agonists.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be used in combination with anti-cancer and cytotoxic agents, including but not limited to alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards, alkyl sulfonates, nitrosoureas, ethylenimines, and triazenes; antimetabolites such as folate antagonists, purine analogues, and pyrimidine analogues; antibiotics such as anthracyclines, bleomycins, mitomycin, dactinomycin, and plicamycin; enzymes such as L- asparaginase; farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitors; 5 ⁇ -reductase inhibitors; inhibitors of 17 ⁇ -hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 3; hormonal agents such as glucocorticoids, estrogens/ antiestrogens, androgens/ antiandrogens, progestins, and luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone antagonists, octreotide acetate; microtubule-dis
  • anti-cancer and cytotoxic agents include but are not limited to mechlorethamine hydrochloride, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, melphalan, ifosfamide, busulfan, carmustin, lomustine, semustine, streptozocin, thiotepa, dacarbazine, methotrexate, thioguanine, mercaptopurine, fludarabine, pentastatin, cladribin, cytarabine, fluorouracil, doxorubicin hydrochloride, daunorubicin, idarubicin, bleomycin sulfate, mitomycin C, actinomycin D, safracins, saframycins, quinocarcins, discodermolides, vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine tartrate, etoposide, etoposide phosphate, teni
  • Preferred member of these classes include, but are not limited to, paclitaxel, cisplatin, carboplatin, doxorubicin, carminomycin, daunorubicin, aminopterin, methotrexate, methopterin, mitomycin C, ecteinascidin 743, or porfiromycin, 5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, gemcitabine, cytosine arabinoside, podophyllotoxin or podophyllotoxin derivatives such as etoposide, etoposide phosphate or teniposide, melphalan, vinblastine, vincristine, leurosidine, vindesine and leurosine.
  • anticancer and other cytotoxic agents include the following: epothilone derivatives as found in German Patent No. 4138042.8; WO 97/19086, WO 98/22461, WO 98/25929, WO 98/38192, WO 99/01124, WO 99/02224, WO 99/02514, WO 99/03848, WO 99/07692, WO 99/27890, WO 99/28324, WO 99/43653, WO 99/54330, WO 99/54318, WO 99/54319, WO 99/65913, WO 99/67252, WO 99/67253 and WO 00/00485; cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors as found in WO 99/24416 (see also U.S.
  • Patent No. 6,040,321) and prenyl-protein transferase inhibitors as found in WO 97/30992 and WO 98/54966; and agents such as those described generically and specifically in U.S. Patent No. 6,011,029 (the compounds of which U.S. Patent can be employed together with any NHR modulators (including, but not limited to, those of present invention) such as AR modulators, ER modulators, with LHRH modulators, or with surgical castration, especially in the treatment of cancer).
  • NHR modulators including, but not limited to, those of present invention
  • the compounds of the formula I can be administered for any of the uses described herein by any suitable means, for example, orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules or powders; sublingually; bucally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, or intrasternal injection or infusion techniques (e.g., as sterile injectable aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions); nasally, including administration to the nasal membranes, such as by inhalation spray; topically, such as in the form of a cream or ointment; or rectally such as in the form of suppositories; in dosage unit formulations containing non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or diluents.
  • suitable means for example, orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules or powders; sublingually; bucally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, or intrasternal injection or infusion techniques (e.
  • the present compounds can, for example, be administered in a form suitable for immediate release or extended release. Immediate release or extended release can be achieved by the use of suitable pharmaceutical compositions comprising the present compounds, or, particularly in the case of extended release, by the use of devices such as subcutaneous implants or osmotic pumps.
  • the present compounds can also be administered liposomally.
  • compositions for oral administration include suspensions which can contain, for example, microcrystalline cellulose for imparting bulk, alginic acid or sodium alginate as a suspending agent, methylcellulose as a viscosity enhancer, and sweeteners or flavoring agents such as those known in the art; and immediate release tablets which can contain, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, dicalcium phosphate, starch, magnesium stearate and/or lactose and/or other excipients, binders, extenders, disintegrants, diluents and lubricants such as those known in the art.
  • the compounds of formula I can also be delivered through the oral cavity by sublingual and/or buccal administration.
  • Molded tablets, compressed tablets or freeze-dried tablets are exemplary forms which may be used.
  • Exemplary compositions include those formulating the present compound(s) with fast dissolving diluents such as mannitol, lactose, sucrose and/or cyclodextrins. Also included in such formulations may be high molecular weight excipients such as celluloses (avicel) or polyethylene glycols (PEG).
  • Such formulations can also include an excipient to aid mucosal adhesion such as hydroxy propyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose (HPMC), sodium carboxy methyl cellulose (SCMC), maleic anhydride copolymer (e.g., Gantrez), and agents to control release such as polyacrylic copolymer (e.g. Carbopol 934).
  • HPC hydroxy propyl cellulose
  • HPMC hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose
  • SCMC sodium carboxy methyl cellulose
  • maleic anhydride copolymer e.g., Gantrez
  • agents to control release such as polyacrylic copolymer (e.g. Carbopol 934).
  • Lubricants, glidants, flavors, coloring agents and stabilizers may also be added for ease of fabrication and use.
  • compositions for nasal aerosol or inhalation administration include solutions in saline which can contain, for example, benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents such as those known in the art.
  • exemplary compositions for parenteral administration include injectable solutions or suspensions which can contain, for example, suitable non-toxic, parenterally acceptable diluents or solvents, such as mannitol, 1,3-butanediol, water, Ringer's solution, an isotonic sodium chloride solution, or other suitable dispersing or wetting and suspending agents, including synthetic mono- or diglycerides, and fatty acids, including oleic acid, or Cremaphor.
  • compositions for rectal administration include suppositories which can contain, for example, a suitable non-irritating excipient, such as cocoa butter, synthetic glyceride esters or polyethylene glycols, which are solid at ordinary temperatures, but liquify and/or dissolve in the rectal cavity to release the drug.
  • a suitable non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter, synthetic glyceride esters or polyethylene glycols, which are solid at ordinary temperatures, but liquify and/or dissolve in the rectal cavity to release the drug.
  • compositions for topical administration include a topical carrier such as Plastibase (mineral oil gelled with polyethylene).
  • a topical carrier such as Plastibase (mineral oil gelled with polyethylene).
  • the effective amount of a compound of the present invention can be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, and includes exemplary dosage amounts for an adult human of from about 0.01 to 2000 mg of active compound per day, which can be administered in a single dose or in the form of individual divided doses, such as from 1 to 4 times per day. It will be understood that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular subject can be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the species, age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the subject, the mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and severity of the particular condition.
  • Preferred subjects for treatment include animals, most preferably mammalian species such as humans, and domestic animals such as dogs, cats and the like, subject to NHR-associated conditions.
  • transactivation assays of a transfected reporter construct and using the endogenous androgen receptor of the host cells.
  • the transactivation assay provides a method for identifying functional agonists and partial agonists that mimic, or antagonists that inhibit, the effect of native hormones, in this case, dihydrotestosterone (DHT).
  • DHT dihydrotestosterone
  • This assay can be used to predict in vivo activity as there is a good correlation in both series of data. See, e.g. T. Berger et al., J. Steroid Biochem. Molec. Biol. 113 (1992), the disclosure of which is herein inco ⁇ orated by reference.
  • reporter plasmid For the transactivation assay a reporter plasmid is introduced by transfection (a procedure to induce cells to take foreign genes) into the respective cells.
  • This reporter plasmid comprising the cDNA for a reporter protein, such as secreted alkaline phosphatase (SEAP), controlled by prostate specific antigen (PSA) upstream sequences containing androgen response elements (AREs).
  • SEAP secreted alkaline phosphatase
  • PSA prostate specific antigen
  • AREs upstream sequences containing androgen response elements
  • This reporter plasmid functions as a reporter for the transcription-modulating activity of the AR.
  • the reporter acts as a surrogate for the products (mRNA then protein) normally expressed by a gene under control of the AR and its native hormone.
  • the transactivation assay is carried out in the presence of constant concentration of the natural AR hormone (DHT) known to induce a defined reporter signal.
  • DHT natural AR hormone
  • Increasing concentrations of a suspected antagonist will decrease the reporter signal (e.g., SEAP production).
  • exposing the transfected cells to increasing concentrations of a suspected agonist will increase the production of the reporter signal.
  • LNCaP and MDA 453 cells were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD), and maintained in RPMI 1640 or DMEM medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; Gibco) respectively.
  • the respective cells were transiently transfected by electroporation according to the optimized procedure described by Heiser, 130 Methods Mol. Biol., 117 (2000), with the pSEAP2/PSA540/Enhancer reporter plasmid.
  • the reporter plasmid was constructed as follows: commercial human placental genomic DNA was used to generate by Polymerase Cycle Reaction (PCR) a fragment containing the Bglll site (position 5284) and the Hind III site at position 5831 of the human prostate specific antigen promoter (Accession # U37672), Schuur, et al., J. Biol. Chem., 271 (12): 7043-51 (1996). This fragment was subcloned into the pSEAP2/basic (Clontech) previously digested with Bglll and Hindlll to generate the pSEAP2/PSA540 construct.
  • PCR Polymerase Cycle Reaction
  • Each cell suspension was distributed into two Gene Pulser Cuvetts (Bio-Rad) which then received 8 ⁇ g of the reporter construct, and electoporated using a Bio-Rad Gene Pulser at 210 volts and 960 ⁇ Faraday. Following the transfections the cells were washed and incubated with media containing charcoal stripped fetal bovine serum in the absence (blank) or presence (control) of 1 nM dihydrotestosterone (DHT; Sigma Chemical) and in the presence or absence of the standard anti-androgen bicalutamide or compounds of the present invention in concentrations ranging from 10 "10 to 10 "5 M (sample). Duplicates were used for each sample. The compound dilutions were performed on a Biomek 2000 laboratory workstation.
  • a mix of a tetrazolium compound (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol- 2-yl)-5-(3-carboxymethoxyphenyl)- 2-(4-sulfophenyl)-2H-tetrazolium, inner salt; MTS) and an electron coupling reagent (phenazine methosulfate; PMS) are added to the cells.
  • MTS Olet's reagent
  • PMS phenazine methosulfate
  • the quantity of formazan product as measured by the amount of 490 nm absorbance is directly proportional to the number of living cells in culture. For each replicate the SEAP reading was normalized by the Abs490 value derived from the MTS assay. For the antagonist mode, the % Inhibition was calculated as:
  • the reporter plasmid utilized was comprised of the cDNA for the reporter SEAP protein, as described for the AR specific transactivation assay. Expression of the reporter SEAP protein was controlled by the mouse mammary tumor virus long terminal repeat (MMTV LTR) sequences that contains three hormone response elements (HREs) that can be regulated by both GR and PR see, e.g. G. Chalepakis et al., Cell, 53(3), 371 (1988). This plasmid was transfected into A549 cells, which expresses endogenous GR, to obtain a GR specific transactivation assay.
  • MMTV LTR mouse mammary tumor virus long terminal repeat
  • A549 cells were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD), and maintained in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; Gibco). Determination of the GR specific antagonist activity of the compounds of the present invention was identical to that described for the AR specific transactivation assay, except that the DHT was replaced with 5 nM dexamethasone (Sigma Chemicals), a specific agonist for GR. Determination of the GR specific agonist activity of the compounds of the present invention was performed as described for the AR transactivation assay, wherein one measures the activation of the GR specific reporter system by the addition of a test compound, in the absence of a known GR specific agonists ligand.
  • the reporter plasmid utilized was comprised of the cDNA for the reporter SEAP protein, as described for the AR specific transactivation assay. Expression of the reporter SEAP protein was controlled by the mouse mammary tumor virus long terminal repeat (MMTV LTR) sequences that contains three hormone response elements (HRE's) that can be regulated by both GR and PR. This plasmid was transfected into T47D, which expresses endogenous PR, to obtain a PR specific transactivation assay. T47D cells were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD), and maintained in DMEM medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; Gibco).
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • Determination of the PR specific antagonist activity of the compounds of the present invention was identical to that described for the AR specific transactivation assay, except that the DHT was replaced with 1 nM Promegastone (NEN), a specific agonist for PR. Determination of the PR specific agonist activity of the compounds of the present invention was performed as described for the AR transactivation assay, wherein one measures the activation of the PR specific reporter system by the addition of a test compound, in the absence of a known PR specific agonists ligand.
  • human LNCaP cells T877A mutant AR or MDA 453 (wild type AR) in 96-well microtiter plates containing RPMI 1640 or DMEM supplemented with 10% charcoal stripped CA-FBS (Cocaleco Biologicals) respectively, were incubated at 37 °C to remove any endogenous ligand that might be complexed with the receptor in the cells. After 48 h, either a saturation analysis to determine the ICj for tritiated dihydrotestosterone, [ 3 H]- DHT, or a competitive binding assay to evaluate the ability of test compounds to compete with [ 3 H]-DHT were performed.
  • media RPMI 1640 or DMEM - 0.2% CA-FBS
  • [ 3 H]-DHT in concentrations ranging from 0.1 nM to 16 nM
  • an aliquot of the total binding media at each concentration of [ H]-DHT was removed to estimate the amount of free [ 3 H]-DHT.
  • the remaining media was removed, cells were washed three times with PBS and harvested onto UniFilter GF/B plates (Packard),
  • IC 50 values were determined.
  • the IC 50 is defined as the concentration of competing ligand needed to reduce specific binding by 50%.
  • the I jS for [ 3 HJ-DHT for MDA 453 and LNCaP were 0.7 and 0.2 nM respectively.
  • the first assay uses a cell line, Stable 1 (clone #72), which expresses the full length rat androgen receptor but requires the transient transfection of an enhancer/reporter. This cell line was derived from C2C12 mouse moyoblast cells.
  • the second assay uses a cell line, Stable 2 (clone #133), derived from Stable 1 which expresses both rAR and the enhancer/luciferase reporter.
  • the enhancer/reporter construct used in this system is pGL3/2XDR- 1 /luciferase.
  • 2XDR-1 was reported to be an AR specific response element in CV-1 cells, Brown et. al. The Journal of Biological Chemistry 272, 8227-8235, (1997). It was developed by random mutagenesis of an AR/GR consensus enhancer sequence.
  • Stable 1 cells are plated in 96 well format at 6,000 cells/well in high glucose DMEM without phenol red (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 21063-029) containing 10% charcoal and dextran treated FBS (HyClone Cat. No.: SH30068.02), 50 mM HEPES Buffer (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 15630-080), IX MEM Na Pyruvate (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 11360-070), 0.5X Antibiotic- Antimycotic, and 800 ⁇ g/mL Geneticin (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 10131-035). 2.
  • cells are transfected with pGL3/2XDR-l/luciferase using LipofectAMINE PlusTM Reagent (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 10964-013).
  • LipofectAMINE PlusTM Reagent Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 10964-013
  • 5 ng/well pGL3/2XDR-l /luciferase DNA and 50 ng/well Salmon Sperm DNA (as carrier) are diluted with 5 ⁇ l/well Opti-MEMem media (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 31985-070).
  • Opti-MEMem media Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 31985-070
  • 0.5 ⁇ l/well Plus reagent is added. This mixture is incubated for 15 min at rt.
  • LipofectAMINE reagent is diluted with 5 ⁇ l/well Opti-MEM.
  • the DNA mixture is then combined with the LipofectAMINE mixture and incubated for an additional 15 min at rt. During this time, the media from the cells is removed and replaced with 60 ⁇ l/well of Opti-MEM. To this is added 10 ⁇ l/well of the DNA/LipofectAMINE transfection mixture. The cells are incubated for 4 h.
  • the transfection mixture is removed from the cells and replaced with 90 ⁇ l of media as in #1 above. 4. 10 ⁇ l/well of appropriate drug dilution is placed in each well.
  • the Steady-GloTM Luciferase Assay System is used to detect activity according to the manufacturer's instructions (Promega, Cat. No.: E2520).
  • Stable 2 cells are plated in 96 well format at 6,000 cells/well in high glucose DMEM without phenol red (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 21063-029) containing 10% charcoal and dextran treated FBS (HyClone Cat. No.: SH30068.02), 50 mM HEPES Buffer (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 15630-080), IX MEM Na Pyruvate (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 11360-070), 0.5X Antibiotic-
  • the media on the cells is removed and replaced with 90 ⁇ l fresh. 10 ⁇ l/well of appropriate drug dilution is placed in each well. 3. 24 h later, the Steady-GloTM Luciferase Assay System is used to detect activity according to the manufacturer's instructions (Promega, Cat. No. E2520).
  • test compounds were tested ("test compounds") on the proliferation of human prostate cancer cell lines.
  • MDA PCa2b cells a cell line derived from the metastasis of a patient that failed castration, Navone et al., Clin. Cancer Res., 3, 2493-500 (1997), were incubated with or without the test compounds for 72 h and the amount of [ 3 H] -thymidine incorporated into DNA was quantified as a way to assess number of cells and therefore proliferation.
  • the MDA PCa2b cell line was maintained in BRFF- HPC1 media (Biological Research Faculty & Facility Inc., MD) supplemented with 10% FBS.
  • cells were plated in Biocoated 96-well microplates and incubated at 37 °C in 10% FBS (charcoal-stripped)/BRFF- BMZERO (without androgens). After 24 h, the cells were treated in the absence (blank) or presence of 1 nM DHT (control) or with test compounds (sample) of the present invention in concentrations ranging from 10 "10 to 10 "5 M. Duplicates were used for each sample. The compound dilutions were performed on a Biomek 2000 laboratory work station. Seventy-two h later 0.44 uCi.
  • % Inhibition 100 x ( 1 - [average contro ⁇ - average b ⁇ ank / average sampIe - average blank J)
  • test compounds The ability of compounds of the present invention to modulate the function of the AR was determined by testing said compounds in a proliferation assay using the androgen responsive murine breast cell line derived from the Shionogi tumor, Hiraoka et al, Cancer Res., 47, 6560-6564 (1987).
  • Stable AR dependent clones of the parental Shionogi line were established by passing tumor fragments under the general procedures originally described in Tetuo, et. al, Cancer Research 25, 1168-1175 (1965). From the above procedure, one stable line, SCI 14, was isolated, characterized and utilized for the testing of example compounds.
  • SCI 14 cells were incubated with or without the test compounds for 72 h and the amount of [3HJ -thymidine inco ⁇ orated into DNA was quantified as a surrogate endpoint to assess the number of cells and therefore the proliferation rate as described in Suzuki et. al, J. Steroid Biochem. Mol. Biol. 37, 559-567 (1990).
  • the SCI 14 cell line was maintained in MEM containing 10 "8 M testosterone and 2% DCC-treated FCS.
  • cells were plated in 96-well microplates in the maintenance media and incubated at 37 °C.
  • the medium was changed to serum free medium [Ham's F-12:MEM (1;1, v/v) containing 0.1% BSAJ with (antagonist mode) or without (agonist mode) 10 "8 M testosterone and the test compounds of the present invention in concentrations ranging from 10 "10 to 10 "5 M.
  • Duplicates were used for each sample. The compound dilutions were performed on a Biomek 2000 laboratory work station. Seventy two h later 0.44uCi of [3H] -Thymidine (Amersham) was added per well and incubated for another 2 h followed by tripsinization, and harvesting of the cells onto GF/B filters. Micro-scint PS were added to the filters before counting them on a Beckman TopCount.
  • the AP-1 assay is a cell-based luciferase reporter assay.
  • A549 cells which contain endogenous glucocorticoid receptor, were stably transfected with an AP-1 DNA binding site attached to the luciferase gene. Cells are then grown in RPMI + 10% fetal calf serum (charcoal-treated) +
  • Penicillin/Streptomycin with 0.5mg/mL geneticin Cells are plated the day before the assay at approximately 40000 cells/well. On assay day, the media is removed by aspiration and 20 ⁇ L assay buffer (RPMI without phenol red + 10% FCS (charcoal-treated) + Pen/Strep) is added to each well. At this point either 20 ⁇ L assay buffer (control experiments), the compounds of the present invention ("test compounds”) (dissolved in DMSO and added at varying concentrations) or dexamethasome (100 nM in DMSO, positive control) are added to each well. The plates are then pre-incubated for 15 min at 37 °C, followed by stimulation of the cells with 10 ng/mL PMA.
  • test compounds dissolved in DMSO and added at varying concentrations
  • dexamethasome 100 nM in DMSO, positive control
  • the plates are then incubated for 7 h at 37 °C after which 40 ⁇ L luciferase substrate reagent is added to each well.
  • Activity is measured by analysis in a luminometer as compared to control experiments treated with buffer or dexamethasome. Activity is designated as % inhibition of the reporter system as compared to the buffer control with 10 ng/mL PMA alone.
  • the control, dexamethasone, at a concentration of ⁇ 10 ⁇ M typically suppresses activity by 65%.
  • Test compounds which demonstrate an inhibition of PMA induction of 50% or greater at a concentration of test compound of ⁇ 10 ⁇ M are deemed active.
  • Castration results in rapid involution and atrophy of the prostate and seminal vesicles. This effect can be reversed by exogenous addition of androgens. Since both the levator ani muscle and the male sex organs are the tissues most responsive to the effects of androgenic agents, this model is used to determine the androgen dependent reversal of atrophy in the levator ani muscle and the sex accessory organs in immature castrated rats.
  • Sexually mature rats 200-250 g, 6-8 weeks-old, Sprague-Dawley, Harlan
  • the rats were divided into groups and treated daily for 7 to 14 days with one of the following: 1. Control vehicle 2. Testosterone Propionate (TP) (3 mg/rat/day, subcutaneous)
  • TP plus Bicalutamide administered p.o. in PEGTW, QD
  • a recognized antiandrogen as a reference compound.
  • test compound a compound of the present invention was administered (p.o. in PEGTW, QD) with TP (s.c. as administered in group 2) in a range of doses.
  • test compound a compound of the present invention was administered alone (p.o. in PEGTW, QD) in a range of doses.
  • the animals were sacrificed by carbon dioxide, and the levator ani, seminal vesicle and ventral prostate weighed.
  • the levator ani muscle and sexual organ weights were first standardized as mg per 100 g of body weight, and the increase in organ weight induced by TP was considered as the maximum increase (100%).
  • Super-anova one factor was used for statistical analysis.
  • the gain and loss of sexual organ weight reflect the changes of the cell number (DNA content) and cell mass (protein content), depending upon the serum androgen concentration. See Y. Okuda et al., J. Uro , 145, 188-191 (1991), the disclosure of which is herein inco ⁇ orated by reference. Therefore, measurement of organ wet weight is sufficient to indicate the bioactivity of androgens and androgen antagonist. In immature castrated rats, replacement of exogenous androgens increases levator ani, seminal vesicles (SV) and prostate in a dose dependent manner.
  • SV seminal vesicles
  • the maximum increase in organ weight was 4 to 5-fold when dosing 3 mg/rat/day of testosterone (T) or 1 mg/rat/day of testosterone propionate (TP) for 3 days.
  • the EC 50 of T and TP were about 1 mg and 0.03 mg, respectively.
  • the increase in the weight of the VP and S V also correlated with the increase in the serum T and DHT concentration.
  • administration of T showed 5-times higher serum concentrations of T and DHT at 2 h after subcutaneous injection than that of TP, thereafter, these high levels declined very rapidly.
  • the serum concentrations of T and DHT in TP-treated animals were fairly consistent during the 24 h, and therefore, TP showed about 10-30-fold higher potency than free T.
  • reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 °C, and 1 N aqueous NaOH (25 mL) was added dropwise over 5 min, followed by 30% aqueous H 2 0 2 (20 mL) over 5 min. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, then extracted with EtOAc (3 x 60 mL). The combined EtOAc extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 30% to 80% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (1.82 g) as a foam.
  • Compound 8C was prepared from 8B by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 3 A and 2 A.
  • the amide (850 mg) was dissolved in pyridine (25 mL), and imidazole (377 mg, 5.49 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled to -30 °C under nitrogen, POCl 3 (1.01 mL, 10.7 mmol) was added and the reaction was warmed to 0 °C for 30 min, and then evaporated to dryness. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with CH 2 C1 2 to afford the title compound (416 mg, 76%, 2 steps). LC/MS m/z 200 [M+H] + .
  • the reaction was then treated with formic acid (0.26 mL) and stirred at rt for another 10 min to consume the excess DCC.
  • the reaction was filtered through a pad of Celite ® , and the filtrate partitioned between CH 2 C1 2 and saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 .
  • the separated organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered and concentrated.
  • the residue was chromatographed (silica gel), eluting with 10-50% EtOAc/hexane to furnish the title compound (260 mg, 83%).
  • compound 23G can also be prepared by the following procedure: A solution of 22C (0.10 g, 0.28 mmol) and copper cyanide (0.03 g, 0.34 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was refluxed for 3 h, cooled to rt, and diluted with water. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with water, dried and purified using preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (27 mg).
  • compound 23G can also be prepared by the following procedures: A solution of 22C (0.10 g, 0.278 mmol) and copper cyanide (0.03g, 0.334 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was refluxed for 3 h, cooled to rt and diluted with water. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with water, dried and purified using preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (27 mg). HPLC: 99% at 2.06, 2.34 min (retention time) (Conditions: Phenom.
  • Example 25 can be prepared in the following manner
  • a mixed product (150 mg) from Experiment 25 was purified using preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (50 mg).
  • Examples 29 to 42 Additional compounds of the present invention were prepared by procedures analogous to those described above.
  • the compounds of Examples 29 to 42 have the following structure:
  • 6-nitroquinoline (1.0 g, 5.6 mmol) was dissolved in CHC1 3 (30 mL) and mCPBA (1.76 g, 7.8 mmol) was added portionwise and the reactions stirred at rt for 48 h. The mixture was then washed with saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 , 1 N aqueous NaOH, and 5% aqueous NaHS0 3 , dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 45A (1.0 g, 93%) as a light yellow solid. LC/MS m/z 191 [M+H] + . 45B. 2-Cyano-6-nitroquinoline
  • reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 2 h, then additional triethylsilane (0.3 mL, 1.88 mmol) and boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (0.3 mL, 2.35 mmol) were added, and the reaction was stirred at 0 °C overnight.
  • the reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous Na 2 C0 3 (10 mL), then extracted with CH 2 C1 2 (3x). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na 2 S0 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product ( ⁇ 100 mg).
  • Example 51 the Compound of Example 51 can be prepared by the following sequence:
  • Rh(OH) 3 was prepared according to the procedure described in Tetrahedron Lett. 1967, 17, 1663-1664.
  • the 3-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid (0.5 g, 3.6 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous NH 4 OH and then added H 2 0 in a ratio of 1 to 7.
  • Rh(OH) 3 (0.2 g) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt under 70-80 psi of H 2 for 4 h.
  • the catalyst was filtered through a cake of celite and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford compound 53A (0.50 g) as a white foam.
  • ester 1A 500 mg, 2.75 mmol
  • dry CH 2 C1 2 (10 mL) was cooled to 0 °C, treated with Hunig's base (0.53 mL, 3.04 mmol) and stirred at 0 °C for 30 min.
  • the solution was treated with isocyanate 23E (505 mg, 2.62 mmol), and the resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 3 h.
  • the insoluble solids were filtered off and the filtrate was partitioned between aqueous NH 4 C1 (6.0 mL) and CH 2 C1 2 (3 x 60 mL).
  • the combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • AD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in heptane for
  • TFA and B 10% H 2 0 - 90% CH 3 CN - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4 mL/min.
  • AD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in heptane for
  • the di-acylated product (80 mg, 0.13 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (2 mL) and treated with 21% NaOEt (48 ⁇ L, 0.13 mmol) at rt for 4 h. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressue then diluted with water and EtOAc. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer acidified with 1 N HCl then re-extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition capable of modulating the androgen receptor comprising a compound of formula (1) wherein the substitutents are as described herein. Further provided are methods of using such compounds for the treatment of nuclear hormone receptor-associated conditions, such as age related diseases, for example sarcopenia. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds and processes for preparing some of the compounds of the invention.

Description

BICYCLIC MODULATORS OF ANDROGEN RECEPTOR FUNCTION
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Nos.
60/381,616, filed May 17, 2002 and 60/406,711, filed August 29, 2002, which are incoφorated herein by reference in their entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to bicyclic compounds, methods of using such compounds in the treatment of androgen receptor-associated conditions, such as age-related diseases, for example sarcopenia, and to pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Nuclear hormone receptors (NHR's) constitute a large super-family of structurally-related and sequence-specific gene regulators scientists have named "ligand-dependent transcription factors." R.M. Evans, Science, 240:889 (1988). The steroid binding NHR's (SB-NHR's) form a recognized subset of the NHR's, including the progesterone receptor (PR), androgen receptor (AR), estrogen receptor (ER), glucocorticoid receptor (GR) and mineralocorticoid receptor (MR). The conventional nuclear hormone receptors are generally transactivators in the presence of ligand, which selectively bind to the NHR in a way that effects gene transcription. In the absence of a corresponding ligand, some of the orphan receptors behave as if they are transcriptionally inert.
Others, however, behave as either constitutive activators or repressors. These orphan nuclear hormone receptors are either under the control of ubiquitous ligands that have not been identified, or do not need to bind ligand to exert these activities. The AR is a ligand-activated transcriptional regulatory protein that mediates induction of male sexual development and function through its activity with endogenous androgens. In addition, androgens are associated with male and female maintenance of muscle mass and strength, bone mass and erythropoiesis. Androgens, such as testosterone, also play an important role in many physiological processes, such as differentiation of male internal and external genitalia, development and maintenance of male secondary sexual characteristics (e.g., the development of prostate, seminal vesicles, penis, scrotum, skeletal muscle, redistribution of body fat, stimulation of long bone growth, closure of epiphyses, development of male hair growth pattern and enlargement of larynx), the maintenance of sexual behavior and function (e.g., libido and potency) and spermatogenesis (in man).
As one ages, the serum androgen concentration in the body declines. The age dependent decline in androgens is associated with changes in body composition for men and women, such as a lower percentage of muscle mass and an increase in body fat, e.g., sarcopenia. In this regard, modulation of the AR gene can have an impact on the physiological effects associated with androgen production. However, the effectiveness of known modulators of steroid receptors is often tempered by their undesired side-effect profile, particularly during long-term administration. For example, the administration of synthetic androgens has been associated with liver damage, prostate cancer, adverse effects on male sexual function and adverse effects associated with cardiovascular and erythropoietic function.
Numerous synthetically-derived steroidal and non-steroidal agonists and antagonists have been described for the members of the SB-NHR family.
Many of these agonist and antagonist ligands are used clinically in man to treat a variety of medical conditions. RU486 (mifepristone) is an example of a synthetic antagonist of the PR, which is utilized as a birth control agent (Vegeto et al., Cell 69: 703-713 (1992)). Flutamide is an example of an antagonist of the AR, which is utilized for the treatment of prostate cancer (Neri et al, Endo. 91, 427-437 (1972)). Tamoxifen is an example of a tissue- selective modulator of the ER function, that is used in the treatment of breast cancer (Smigel J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 90, 647-648 (1998)). Tamoxifen can function as an antagonist of the ER in breast tissue while acting as an agonist of the ER in bone (Grese et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94, 14105-14110
(1997)). Because of the tissue-selective effects seen for Tamoxifen, this agent, and agents like it, are referred to as tissue-selective estrogen receptor modulators. In addition to synthetically-derived non-endogenous ligands, non- endogenous ligands for NHR's can be obtained from food sources (Regal et al., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 223, 372-378 (2000) and Hempstock et al., J. Med. Food 2, 267-269 (1999)). The flavanoid phytoestrogens are an example of an unnatural ligand for SB-NHR' s that are readily obtained from a food source such as soy (Quella et al., J. Clin. Oncol. 18, 1068-1074 (2000) and Banz et al., J. Med. Food 2, 271-273 (1999)). The ability to modulate the transcriptional activity of an individual NHR by the addition of a small molecule ligand, makes these receptors ideal targets for the development of pharmaceutical agents for a variety of disease states.
As mentioned above, non-natural ligands can be synthetically engineered to serve as modulators of the function of NHR's. In the case of SB- NHR's, engineering of an unnatural ligand can include the identification of a core structure which mimics the natural steroid core system. This can be achieved by random screening against several SB-NHR' s, or through directed approaches using the available crystal structures of a variety of NHR ligand binding domains (Bourguet et al., Nature 375, 377-382 (1995), Brzozowski, et al., Nature 389, 753-758 (1997), Shiau et al., Cell 95, 927-937 (1998) and Tanenbaum et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95, 5998-6003 (1998)). Differential substitution about such a steroid mimic core can provide agents with selectivity for one receptor versus another. In addition, such modifications can be employed to obtain agents with agonist or antagonist activity for a particular SB-NHR. Differential substitution about the steroid mimic core can result in the formation of a series of high affinity agonists and antagonists with specificity for, for example, ER versus PR versus AR versus GR versus MR. Such an approach of differential substitution has been reported, for example, for quinoline based modulators of steroid NHRs in Hamann et. al., J. Med. Chem., 41, 623 (1998); Hamann et. al., J. Med. Chem. 42, 210 (1999); WO 9749709; US 5696133; US 5696130; US 5696127; US 5693647; US 5693646; US 5688810; US 5688808 and WO 9619458, all incorporated herein by reference.
Accordingly, identification of compounds which have good specificity for one or more steroid receptors, but which have reduced or no cross-reactivity for other steroid or intracellular receptors, would be of significant value in the treatment of male and female hormone-responsive diseases. There is, therefore, a need in the art for the identification of selective modulators of the steroid binding nuclear hormone receptors, particularly non-steroidal, non-toxic tissue selective androgen receptor modulators, which activate the androgen receptor in skeletal muscle while demonstrating limited or neutral effect on other androgen responsive (e.g., prostate) tissues.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION In accordance with illustrative embodiments and demonstrating features of the present invention, compounds are provided which are capable of modulating the function of a nuclear hormone receptor. Preferably the compounds are selective androgen receptor modulators, and have the general formula I
Figure imgf000005_0001
wherein
Rj is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, C02R-t, CONR4R4' and CH2OR4- R2 and R2' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), OR3, SR3, halo, NHR3, NHCOR4, NHC02R4, NHCONR4R4' and NHS02R4;
R3 in each functional group is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF2, CF3 and COR4; R4 and R4' in each functional group are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; R5 and R5' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R5 and R5' is hydrogen, or R5 and R5' taken together can form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S), NR7 or CR7R7'; R6 and R6' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R6 and Rβ' is hydrogen, or R6 and R6' taken together can form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S), NR7 or CR7R7';
R7 and R7' in each functional group are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen(H), OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl
G is an aryl, heterocyclo or heteroaryl group, wherein said group is mono- or polycyclic, and which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, CN, CF3, OR4, C02R4, N jR-t', CON tR-Λ CH2OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; W is selected from the group consisting of (CR6R6'), C(R6)OR3,
C(R6)(NR4R4'), and n is an integer of 1 or 2, with the proviso that when R5 and R5' and/or R6 and R6' are taken together to form a double bond with CR7R7', then where either R7 or R7' is OR4, R4 is not hydrogen.
The definition of formula I above includes of all prodrug esters, stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of formula I.
Further embodiments of the present invention include compounds of the formula lh
Figure imgf000007_0001
lh wherein
Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, C02R4, CON ^ t' and CH2OR4; R2 and R2' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), OR3, SR3, halo, NHR3, NHCOR4, NHC02R4, NHCONR4R4' and NHSOzRt;
R3 in each functional group is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF2, CF3 and COR-t;
R-t and R4' in each functional group are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
R6 and R6' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R6 and R6' is hydrogen, or R6 and R6' taken together can form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S), NR7 or CR7R7';
X and Y are each independently oxygen (O) or sulfur (S);
G is an aryl, heterocyclo or heteroaryl group, wherein said group is mono- or polycyclic, and which is optionally substituted with one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, CN, CF3, OR4, C02R4, NR4R4', CONR-tRV, CH2OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; and W is selected from the group consisting of (CI^ ), C(R6)OR3,
C(R6)(NR4R4'), and n is an integer of 1 or 2.
The definition of formula lh above is inclusive of all prodrug esters, stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of formula lh. The compounds of formula I and formula lh modulate the function of the nuclear hormone receptors, particularly the androgen receptor, and include compounds which are, for example, selective agonists, partial agonists, antagonists or partial antagonists of the androgen receptor. Preferably the compounds of formula I possess activity as agonists of the androgen receptor and may be used in the treatment of diseases or disorders associated with androgen receptor activity, such as maintenance of muscle strength and function (e.g., in the elderly); reversal or prevention of frailty or age-related functional decline ("ARFD") in the elderly (e.g., sarcopenia); prevention of catabolic side effects of glucocorticoids; prevention and treatment of reduced bone density or growth (e.g., osteoporosis and osteopenia); treatment of chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS); chronic myalgia; treatment of acute fatigue syndrome and muscle loss following elective surgery (e.g., post-surgical rehabilitation); acceleration of wound healing; accelerating bone fracture repair (such as accelerating the recovery of hip fracture patients); treatment of wasting secondary to fractures and wasting in connection with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic liver disease, AIDS, weightlessness, cancer cachexia, burn and trauma recovery, chronic catabolic state (e.g., coma), eating disorders (e.g., anorexia) and chemotherapy. The present invention provides for compounds of formula I and lh, pharmaceutical compositions employing such compounds and for methods of using such compounds. In particular, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I, lh or both, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Further, in accordance with the present invention, a method is provided for preventing, inhibiting or treating the progression or onset of diseases or disorders associated with nuclear hormone receptors, particularly, the androgen receptor, such as the diseases or disorders defined above and hereinafter, wherein a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I, lh or both, is administered to a mammalian, i.e., human, patient in need of treatment.
The compounds of the invention can be used alone, in combination with other compounds of the present invention, or in combination with one or more other agent(s) active in the therapeutic areas described herein.
In addition, a method is provided for preventing, inhibiting or treating the diseases as defined above and hereinafter, wherein a therapeutically effective amount of a combination of a compound of formula I, lh or both, and another type of therapeutic agent, is administered to a human patient in need of treatment.
Preferred are compounds of formula I where R5 and R5' are hydrogen or are taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O) or sulfur (S); and
R6 and R6' are taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O) or sulfur (S). Additional preferred embodiments include are compounds of formula I and lh wherein
R] is hydrogen (H) or alkyl; and
R2 is hydroxyl (OH).
Further preferred embodiments include compounds of formula I and lh where G is selected from:
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein
R8, R9, Rio and Rπ in each functional group are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (H), N02 , CN, CF3, ORj, C02R4, NR4R4 , CON ^', CH2OR-j, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
A to F is each independently selected from N or CR] ;
J, K, L, P and Q are each independently selected from NR12, O, S, SO, S02 or CR12R12';
R12 and R12' in each functional group are each independently selected from a bond or R^ and m is an integer of 0 or 1.
Preferred are compounds of formula I and lh where R8 is CN.
The present invention also provides processes for preparing some compounds of the invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION [1] Thus, in a first embodiment, the present invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition capable of modulating the androgen receptor comprising a compound of the formula I
Figure imgf000011_0001
I wherein
Ri is selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, C02R4, CONR-tRj' and CH^R-ύ
R2 and R2' are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl, substituted alkyl, OR3, SR3, halo, NHR4, NHCOR4, NHC02R4, NHCONR^' and NHS02R4; and at least one of R2 and R2' is H or alkyl, with the exception that R2 and R2' can both be OR3 when R3 is not H;
R3 in each functional group is independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF2, CF3 and COR-t; R4 and R4' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; R5 and R5' are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R5 and R5' is hydrogen, or R5 and R5' taken together can form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S), NR7 or CR7R7';
R6 and R6' are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R6 and R^ is hydrogen, or R6 and R6' taken together can form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S), NR7 or CR7R7';
R7 and R7' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
G is an aryl, heterocyclo or heteroaryl group, wherein said group is mono- or polycyclic, and which is optionally substituted with one or more substitutents selected from hydrogen, halo, CN, CF3, OR4, CO2R4, NR4R4', CONR4R4', CH2OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; and
W is selected from (CR^'), C(R6)OR3, C(R6)(NR4R4"), n is an integer of 1 or 2; including all prodrug esters, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and stereoisomers thereof, with the following provisos:
(a) when R5 and R5' and/or R6 and R6' form a double bond with CR7R7', when either R7 or R7' is OR4, R4 is not hydrogen;
(b) excluding compounds where the following occur simultanously: R2 or R2' are hydrogen, OR3, halo, NHCOR4, NHC02R,, NHCONI^RV or NHS02R4;
R5 and R5' are hydrogen or form a double bond with oxygen or sulfur; R6 and R6' are hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, or heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R^ and Rg' is hydrogen, or R6 and R6' taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S) or NR7; R7 is hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, or heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; and
G has the following structure:
Figure imgf000013_0001
wherein R13 is selected from hydrogen (H), cyano (-CN), nitro (-N02), halo, heterocyclo, ORj4, C02R,5, CONHRI5, CORJ5, S(0)pR15, S02NR15R15'> NHCOR15 and NHS02R15;
R)4 in each functional group is independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF2, CF3 and COR15;
R15 and Rι5' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl and -CN;
A and B are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), halo, cyano(-CN), nitro(-N02), alkyl or substituted alkyl and OR]4; and p is an integer from 0 to 2.
[2] In a preferred embodiment, the present invention provides for the compound as defined in claim 1 wherein G is selected from:
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein R8, R9, Rio and Rn are each independently selected from hydrogen (H),
N02 , CN, CF3, OR4, C02R4, NR^', CONR4R4', CH2OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; A to F is each independently selected from N or CR9;
J, K, L, P and Q are each independently selected from NR12, O, S, SO, S02 or CR122'; R12 and Rι2' in each functional group are each independently selected
Figure imgf000015_0001
m is an integer of 0 or 1.
[3] In a more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 2 wherein
Ri is hydrogen (H) or alkyl;
R2or R2' is hydroxyl (OH);
R5 and R5' are hydrogen or are taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O) or sulfur (S); and
R6 and R6' are taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O) or sulfur (S).
[4] In a more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 2 wherein R8 is CN.
[5] In a more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 1 selected from:
Figure imgf000015_0002
Figure imgf000015_0003
Figure imgf000015_0004
Figure imgf000016_0001
[6] In a more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 1 selected from:
Figure imgf000016_0002
Figure imgf000016_0003
Figure imgf000016_0004
[7] In a second embodiment, the present invention provides for a compound of formula lh
Figure imgf000016_0005
lh wherein R! is selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, CO2R4, CONR-jR/ and CH2OR4;
R2 and R2' are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl, substituted alkyl, OR3, SR3, halo, NHR4, NHCOR4, NHCO2R4, NHCONR-jRV and NHS02R4; and at least one of R2 and R2' is H or alkyl, with the exception that R2 and R2' can both be OR3 when R3 is not H;
R3 in each functional group is independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF2, CF3 and COR4;
R4 and R4' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
X and Y are each independently oxygen (O) or sulfur (S);
G is an aryl, heterocyclo or heteroaryl group, wherein said group is mono- or polycyclic, and which is optionally substituted with one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, CN, CF3, OR4, C02R4, NR-tR , CONR-jR- CH2OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; and
W is selected from
Figure imgf000017_0001
n is an integer of 1 or 2; including all prodrug esters, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and stereoisomers thereof, with the following proviso:
( a ) excluding compounds where the following occur simultanously : R2 or R2' is hydrogen, OR3, halo, NHCOR4, NHC02R4, NHCONR4R4' or NHS02R4; and
G has the following structure:
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein
3 is selected from hydrogen (H), cyano (-CN), nitro (-N02), halo, heterocyclo, OR14, C025, CONHR15, COR,5, S(0)pR15, SOZNRIJR^', NHCOR15 and NHS02R15;
4 in each functional group is independently selected from (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF2, CF3 and COR15;
R15 and R15' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl and -CN; A and B are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), halo, cyano(-CN), nitro(-N02), alkyl or substituted alkyl and OR)4; and p is an integer from 0 to 2.
[8] In a preferred embodiment, the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 7 wherein G is selected from:
Figure imgf000018_0002
R8, R9, Rio and Rπ in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), N02 , CN, CF3, OR4, C02R4, NR4R4', CONR4R4 . CH2OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
A to F is each independently selected from N or CR9;
J, K, L, P and Q are each independently selected from NRι2, O, S, SO, S02 or CR12R,2'; Rι2 and R)2' in each functional group are each independently selected
Figure imgf000019_0001
m is an integer of 0 or 1.
[9] In a more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 8 wherein Rj is hydrogen (H) or alkyl; and R2 or R2' is hydroxyl (OH).
[10] In a more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides the compound as defined in claim 8 wherein R8 is CN.
[11] In a more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides the pharmaceutical composition as defined in claim 1 further comprising a growth promoting agent.
[12] In a more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in claim 1 and at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from other compounds of formula I, parathyroid hormone, bisphosphonates, estrogen, testosterone, progesterone, selective estrogen receptor modulators, growth hormone secretagogues, growth hormone, progesterone receptor modulators, anti- diabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti- osteoporosis agents, anti-obesity agents, cardiac glycosides, cholesterol lowering agents, anti-depressants, anti-anxiety agents, anabolic agents, and thyroid mimetics.
[13] In a third embodiment, the present invention provides for a method for treating or delaying the progression or onset of muscular atrophy, lipodistrophy, long-term critical illness, sarcopenia, frailty or age-related functional decline, reduced muscle strength and function, reduced bone density or growth, the catabolic side effects of glucocorticoids, chronic fatigue syndrome, bone fracture repair, acute fatigue syndrome and muscle loss following elective surgery, cachexia, chronic catabolic state, eating disorders, side effects of chemotherapy, wasting, depression, nervousness, irritability, stress, growth retardation, reduced cognitive function, male contraception, hypogonadism, Syndrome X, diabetic complications or obesity, which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition as defined in claim 1.
[14] In a preferred embodiment, the present invention provides for a method according to claim 13 further comprising administering, concurrently or sequentially, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of other compounds formula I, parathyroid hormone, bisphosphonates, estrogen, testosterone, progesterone, selective estrogen receptor modulators, growth hormone secretagogues, growth hormone, progesterone receptor modulators, anti- diabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti- osteoporosis agents, anti-obesity agents, cardiac glycosides, cholesterol lowering agents, anti-depressants, anti-anxiety agents, anabolic agents and thyroid mimetics.
[15] In a fourth embodiment, the present invention provides for a process for preparing a compound of formula Id
Figure imgf000021_0001
Jd
which comprises hydrolyzing a compound of formula IVa
Figure imgf000021_0002
IVa
under basic conditions to give the compound of formula XIX
Figure imgf000021_0003
XIX
which is then carried on to a compound of formula Id with the use of a coupling reagent.
[16] A process for preparing a compound of formula le
Figure imgf000022_0001
le
which comprises optionally protecting the compound of formula IVa, when R2 is OH, with a protecting group by treatment with a silylating reagent and then reduced with a reducing agent to give a compound of formula XX
Figure imgf000022_0002
XX which is then derivatized with a leaving group and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and then treated with a base to give the compound of formula le.
[17] In a preferred embodiment, the present invention provides for the process of claim 16 wherein the protecting group is tert-Butyldimethylsilyl; the silylating reagent is tert-Butyldimethylsilyl (chloride); the reducing agent is lithium aluminum hydride or lithium borohydride; the leaving group is Tosyl; the base is potassium tert- butoxide.
[18] In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides for a process for preparing a compound of formula XII ,
Figure imgf000022_0003
XII
which comprises reacting an aldehyde of formula IX
Figure imgf000023_0001
IX
with an amine of formula XV
H2N-G XV
in the presence of a reducing agent to give the compound of formula XII.
[19] In a more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides for a process for preparing a compound of formula XIV
Figure imgf000023_0002
which comprises subjecting the compound of formula XII prepared by the process of claim 18 to N-deprotection to form a compound of formula XIII
Figure imgf000023_0003
XIII
and reacting the compound of formula XIII with phosgene or a phosgene equivalent in the presence of a base to form the compound of formula XIV.
The following abbreviations are employed herein:
Chiralpak® = Trademark of Chiral Technologies, Inc. Eaton, PA DBU = l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
AcOH = acetic acid
DMPU = l,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(lH)-pyrimidinone
EtOAc = ethyl acetate ΗPLC = high performance liquid chromatography
MeOΗ = methanol
MS or Mass Spec = mass spectrometry
YMC® = trademark of YMC Co, Ltd., Kyoto, Japan
CuBr = copper(I) bromide CuCN = copper(I) cyanide
CsF = cesium fluoride
Et3N = triethylamine
DCC = 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
DEAD = diethyl azodicarboxylate LDA = lithium diisopropylamide
NMP = l-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone
KOΗ = potassium hydroxide
Pd/C = palladium on activated charcoal
TFA = trifluoroacetic acid TΗF = tetrahydrofuran mp. = melting point min = minute(s) h = hour(s)
L = liter mL = milliliter μL = microliter g = gram(s) mg = milligram(s) mol = moles mmol = millimole(s) nM = nanomolar rt = room temperature
The following definitions apply to the terms as used throughout this specification, unless otherwise limited in specific instances.
As used herein, the term "alkyl" denotes branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chains, preferably having about 1 to about 8 carbons, such as, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, 2- methylpentyl pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, 4,4-dimethyl pentyl, octyl, 2,2,4- trimethylpentyl and the like. "Substituted alkyl" includes an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more functional groups which are attached commonly to such chains, such as, hydroxyl, bromo, fluoro, chloro, iodo, mercapto or thio, cyano, alkylthio, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carboxyl, carbalkoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, nitro, amino, alkoxyl, amido, and the like to form alkyl groups such as trifluoro methyl, 3-hydroxyhexyl, 2-carboxypropyl, 2- fluoroethyl, carboxymethyl, cyanobutyl and the like.
Unless otherwise indicated, the term "cycloalkyl" as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes saturated or partially unsaturated (containing 1 or more double bonds) cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing 1 to 3 rings, including monocyclicalkyl, bicyclicalkyl and tricyclicalkyl, containing a total of 3 to 20 carbons forming the rings, preferably 3 to 10 carbons, forming the ring and which may be fused to 1 or 2 aromatic rings as described for aryl, which include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl and cyclododecyl, cyclohexenyl,
Figure imgf000025_0001
"Substituted cycloalkyl" includes a cycloalkyl group optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents such as halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylamido, alkanoylamino, oxo, acyl, arylcarbonylamino, amino, nitro, cyano, thiol and/or alkylthio and/or any of the substituents included in the definition of "substituted alkyl."
Unless otherwise indicated, the term "alkenyl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons, and more preferably 2 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one or more double bonds in the normal chain, such as vinyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 2- hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 2-heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, 3-octenyl, 3-nonenyl, 4-decenyl, 3-undecenyl, 4-dodecenyl, 4,8,12-tetradecatrienyl, and the like. "Substituted alkenyl" includes an alkenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents, such as the substituents included above in the definition of "substituted alkyl" and "substituted cycloalkyl."
Unless otherwise indicated, the term "alkynyl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons and more preferably 2 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one or more triple bonds in the normal chain, such as 2-propynyl, 3-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 4-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3- hexynyl, 2-heptynyl, 3-heptynyl, 4-heptynyl, 3-octynyl, 3-nonynyl, 4- decynyl,3-undecynyl, 4-dodecynyl and the like. "Substituted alkynyl" includes an alkynyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents, such as the substituents included above in the definition of "substituted alkyl" and "substituted cycloalkyl."
The terms "arylalkyl", "arylalkenyl" and "arylalkynyl" as used alone or as part of another group refer to alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups as described above having an aryl substituent. Representative examples of arylalkyl include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, phenethyl, benzhydryl and naphthylmethyl and the like. "Substituted arylalkyl" includes arylalkyl groups wherein the aryl portion is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, such as the substituents included above in the definition of "substituted alkyl" and "substituted cycloalkyl."
The term "halogen" or "halo" as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to chlorine, bromine, fluorine, and iodine.
Unless otherwise indicated, the term "aryl" or "Ar" as employed herein alone or as part of another group refers to monocyclic and polycyclic aromatic groups containing 6 to 10 carbons in the ring portion (such as phenyl or naphthyl including 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl) and may optionally include one to three additional rings fused to a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring (such as aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or cycloheteroalkyl rings), for example
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000027_0002
Figure imgf000027_0003
"Substituted aryl" includes an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more functional groups, such as halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, alkynyl, cycloalkyl- alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, arylalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylalkenyl, aminocarbonylaryl, arylthio, arylsulfinyl, arylazo, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylheteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, substituted amino wherein the amino includes 1 or 2 substituents (which are alkyl, aryl or any of the other aryl compounds mentioned in the definitions), thiol, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, arylthioalkyl, alkoxyarylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonaminocarbonyl and/or any of the alkyl substituents set out herein.
Unless otherwise indicated, the term "heteroaryl" as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to a 5- or 7- membered aromatic ring which includes 1, 2, 3 or 4 hetero atoms such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur and such rings fused to an aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring (e.g. benzothiophenyl, indolyl), and includes possible N-oxides. "Substituted heteroaryl" includes a heteroaryl group optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, such as the substituents included above in the definition of "substituted alkyl" and "substituted cycloalkyl." Examples of heteroaryl groups include the following:
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000028_0002
Figure imgf000028_0003
Figure imgf000028_0004
and the like.
The term "heterocyclo", heterocycle or heterocyclic ring, as used herein, represents an unsubstituted or substituted stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic ring system which may be saturated or unsaturated, and which consists of carbon atoms and from one to four heteroatoms selected from N, O or S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heterocyclic ring may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable structure. Examples of such heterocyclic groups include, but is not limited to, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxopiperazinyl, oxopiperidinyl, oxopyrrolidinyl, oxoazepinyl, azepinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isooxazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamoφholinyl sulfoxide, thiamorpholinyl sulfone, and oxadiazolyl.
The compounds of formula I can be present as salts, which are also within the scope of this invention. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred. If the compounds of formula I have, for example, at least one basic center, they can form acid addition salts. These are formed, for example, with strong inorganic acids, such as mineral acids, for example sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid or a hydrohalic acid, with strong organic carboxylic acids, such as alkanecarboxylic acids of 1 to 4 carbon atoms which are unsubstituted or substituted, for example, by halogen, for example acetic acid, such as saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for example oxalic, malonic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, phthalic or terephthalic acid, such as hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example ascorbic, glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric or citric acid, such as amino acids, (for example aspartic or glutamic acid or lysine or arginine), or benzoic acid, or with organic sulfonic acids, such as (CrC4) alkyl or arylsulfonic acids which are unsubstituted or substituted, for example by halogen, for example methyl- or/?-toluene- sulfonic acid. Corresponding acid addition salts can also be formed having, if desired, an additionally present basic center. The compounds of formula I having at least one acid group (for example COOH) can also form salts with bases. Suitable salts with bases are, for example, metal salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium or magnesium salts, or salts with ammonia or an organic amine, such as moφholine, thiomoφholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, a mono, di or tri-lower alkylamine, for example ethyl, tert-butyl, diethyl, diisopropyl, triethyl, tributyl or dimethyl- propylamine, or a mono, di or trihydroxy lower alkylamine, for example mono, di or triethanolamine. Corresponding internal salts may furthermore be formed. Salts which are unsuitable for pharmaceutical uses but which can be employed, for example, for the isolation or purification of free compounds of formula I or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, are also included. Preferred salts of the compounds of formula I which contain a basic group include monohydrochloride, hydrogensulfate, methanesulfonate, phosphate or nitrate.
Preferred salts of the compounds of formula I which contain an acid group include sodium, potassium and magnesium salts and pharmaceutically acceptable organic amines.
The term "modulator" refers to a chemical compound with capacity to either enhance (e.g., "agonist" activity) or inhibit (e.g., "antagonist" activity) a functional property of biological activity or process (e.g., enzyme activity or receptor binding); such enhancement or inhibition may be contingent on the occurrence of a specific event, such as activation of a signal transduction pathway, and/or may be manifest only in particular cell types.
The term "prodrug esters" as employed herein includes esters and carbonates formed by reacting one or more hydroxyls of compounds of formula I with alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl substituted acylating agents employing procedures known to those skilled in the art to generate acetates, pivalates, methylcarbonates, benzoates and the like.
Any compound that can be converted in vivo to provide the bioactive agent (i.e., the compound of formula I) is a prodrug within the scope and spirit of the invention.
Various forms of prodrugs are well known in the art. A comprehensive description of prodrugs and prodrug derivatives are described in: a.) The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry, Camille G. Wermuth et al., Ch 31, (Academic Press, 1996); b.) Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985); c.) A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, P. Krogsgaard- Larson and H. Bundgaard, eds. Ch 5, pgs 113 - 191 (Harwood Academic Publishers, 1991). Said references are incoφorated herein by reference. An administration of a therapeutic agent of the invention includes administration of a therapeutically effective amount of the agent of the invention. The term "therapeutically effective amount" as used herein refers to an amount of a therapeutic agent to treat or prevent a condition treatable by administration of a composition of the invention. That amount is the amount sufficient to exhibit a detectable therapeutic or preventative or ameliorative effect. The effect may include, for example, treatment or prevention of the conditions listed herein. The precise effective amount for a subject will depend upon the subject's size and health, the nature and extent of the condition being treated, recommendations of the treating physician, and the therapeutics or combination of therapeutics selected for administration. Thus, it is not useful to specify an exact effective amount in advance.
All stereoisomers of the compounds of the instant invention are contemplated, either in admixture or in pure or substantially pure form. The compounds of the present invention can have asymmetric centers at any of the carbon atoms including any one of the R substituents. Consequently, compounds of formula I can exist in enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms or in mixtures thereof. The processes for preparation can utilize racemates, enantiomers or diastereomers as starting materials. When diastereomeric or enantiomeric products are prepared, they can be separated by conventional methods for example, chromatographic, chiral HPLC or fractional crystallization.
The compounds of formula I of the invention can be prepared as shown in the following reaction schemes and description thereof, as well as relevant published literature procedures that may be used by one skilled in the art. Exemplary reagents and procedures for these reactions appear hereinafter and in the working Examples. Scheme I
Figure imgf000032_0001
la
R1 = H x = o, S γ = o, S
Scheme la
R
Figure imgf000032_0002
1. TBDMSCI 1. p-Tosyl CI R2./-j -Λ
2. LAH or LiHBH4 f f--BBuuOUKK < T I N G
2
Figure imgf000032_0003
.. Deprotection H π
XX
As illustrated in Scheme I, compounds of formula la can be prepared from suitably protected intermediates of formula II. Intermediates of formula II can be obtained commercially, can be prepared by methods known in the literature or can be readily prepared by one skilled in the art. Treatment of II with an intermediate of formula III yields an intermediate of formula of IV. The intermediates of formula III can be obtained, for example, from commercially available isocyanates and thioisocyanates and or can be readily prepared by one skilled in the art. The intermediate of formula IV can be treated with a base, such as DBU, to yield a compound of formula la. Compounds of formula la represent compounds of formula I wherein R] is H, R5 and R5' are taken together to form a double bond with O or S and R6 and R6' are taken together to form a double bond with O or S. As illustrated in Scheme la, compounds of formula Id and le can be prepared from suitably protected intermediates of formula II by reacting with a compound of formula Ilia to form an intermediate of formula IVa. An intermediate of the formula IVa can be hydrolysed under basic conditions to give an intermediate of the formula XIX and then carried on to a compound of the formula Id with the use of a suitable coupling reagents such as, for example DCC. Alternatively, an intermediate of the formula IVa can be optionally protected (where R2 = OH) with a suitable protecting group such as TBS by treatment with a silylating reagent such as TBDMSC1, and then reduced with a suitable reducing agent such as, for example LAH or LiBH to give an intermediate of the formula XX. An intermediate of the formula XX can then be derivatized on the primary hydroxyl functionality with a suitable leaving group such as Tosyl, with, for example, j-?-toluenesulfonyl chloride, followed by base treatment such as with potassium tørt-butoxide to give a compound of the formula le.
Scheme II
Figure imgf000034_0001
Y = 0
X=C=N-G m DIPEA, CH2CI2
Me
Figure imgf000034_0002
L = Boc or Cbz
As illustrated in Scheme II, a compound of formula lb, wherein Rj is H, can be converted to a compound of formula lc wherein Ri is a functional group other than H, as defined herein, by treatment with a base such as LDA and an alkyl halide, such as iodomethane, preferably in a solvent such as THF at low temperatures (e.g., -78°C). Compounds of formula lc represent compounds of formula I wherein R] is a functional group other than H and R5 and R5' are taken together to form a double bond with O. Optionally, subsequent reaction of compounds of formula lc with a Lawesson's Reagent will convert Y from oxygen (O) to sulfur (S).
Scheme III
LiE BH. THF , BF3 ■ Et2 Q, Et3S.H
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000035_0002
lc Y = O V
Figure imgf000035_0003
i Via
As illustrated in Scheme III, a compound of formula lc can be converted by treatment with a reducing agent, such as LiEt3BH, preferably in a solvent such as THF at low temperatures (< - 40 °C) to give an intermediate V. Intermediate V is subsequently treated further with Et3SiH in the presence of boron trifluoride diethyl etherate in a halogenated solvent such as 1,2- dichloroethane at low temperatures (< 0 °C) to yield a compound of formula VI. Compounds of formula VI represent compounds of formula I wherein R5 and R5' are hydrogen. A compound of formula VI can be oxidized to a compound of formula Via using standard conditions of known oxidation methods, such as, for example, Swern or Dess-Martin.
Scheme IV
oxidation
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000036_0002
¥-1 VIII IX
L
Figure imgf000036_0003
XI XII
N-deprotection
Figure imgf000036_0004
Scheme IV describes a method for preparing compounds of formula XIV from N-protected amino acids of formula VII, which can be obtained commercially or can be prepared by methods known in the literature or can be readily prepared by one skilled in the art. An intermediate of formula VII is treated with a reducing agent, such as borane, to form an alcohol intermediate VIII, which can be oxidized to an aldehyde intermediate IX. Similarly, an intermediate of formula VII can be coupled to N,0-dimethylhydroxylamine to form amide X, which can be treated with a Grignard reagent or an organolithium reagent to form an alkylketone XI. The aldehyde intermediate IX or an alkylketone XI, can be reacted with an amine of formula XV in the presence of a reducing agent, such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride to give an intermediate of formula XII. Removal of N-protecting group (L) can be achieved by methods known in the literature or by one skilled in the art to provide an intermediate of formula XIII. The intermediate of formula XIII can be treated with phosgene or phosgene equivalent in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, to provide a compound of formula XIV. Compounds of formula XIV represent compounds of formula I wherein R6 and R6' are taken together to form a double bond with oxygen and R5 is hydrogen and R5' is as defined herein. In the alternative, Scheme IV may be utilized to provide compounds of formula I wherein R5' is hydrogen and R5 is as defined herein. Optionally, subsequent reaction of compounds of formula XIV with a Lawesson's Reagent will provide compounds of formula I wherein R6 and R6' are taken together to form a double bond with sulfur (S).
Scheme V
Figure imgf000037_0001
VII coupling
XVI L = Boc or Cbz
Rj Ri /? R2\^ Rl ,?
N-deprotection . ( XX_NA -. ϋ-ϊ- ( ,< 7f""NHyN
H 6 XVII XVIII
As illustrated in Scheme V, an intermediate of formula VII as described in Scheme IV can be coupled to an amine XV using a coupling reagent, such as those described in "The Practice of Peptide Synthesis" (Spring- Verlag, 2nd Ed., Bodanszy, Miklos, 1993), to yield an amide intermediate of formula XVI. Removal of N-protecting group can be achieved by methods known in the literature or by one skilled in the art to provide an intermediate of formula XVII. The intermediate of formula XVII is treated with an aldehyde (R6CHO) in suitable solvent (such as ethanol, methanol, THF or CH2C12), with or without the presence of a base, such as K2C03, NaOH or DBU, or a weak acid, such as HO Ac, to give a compound of formula XVIII. Aldehydes of formula R6CHO can be obtained from commercial sources, can be prepared by methods known in the literature or readily prepared by one skilled in the art. Compounds of formula XVIII represent compounds of formula I wherein R5 and R5' are taken together to form a double bond with oxygen (O) and R6' is hydrogen and R6 is as defined herein. In the alternative, Scheme V may be utilized to provide compounds of formula I wherein R6 is hydrogen and R6' is as defined herein. Optionally, subsequent reaction of compounds of formula XVIII with a Lawesson's Reagent will provide compounds of formula I wherein R5 and R5' are taken together to form a double bond with sulfur (S).
Scheme VI
1-1 r* phosgene or phosgene equivalent v - M _ r^N-G •*■ Λ— ----N-0
NaHC03 or R3N (where X = O or S)
XV Hi
Scheme VI describes a method to prepare isocyanates of general formula III wherein intermediates XV are treated with phosgene or a phosgene like reagent in the presence of an inorganic base such as sodium bicarbonate, or a organic base such as diisopropylethylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane to afford an isocyanate of formula III.
Scheme Via
or S)
Figure imgf000038_0001
XV ma
For example, Scheme Via describes a method for preparing isocyanates of general formula Ilia. Substituted aryl or heteroaryl amines of formula XV are treated with phosgene or a phosgene like reagent in the presence of an inorganic base such as sodium bicarbonate, or a organic base such as diisopropylethylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane to afford an isocyanate of formula Ilia. Substituted aryl or heteroaryl amines as described above can be obtained commercially or can be prepared by methods known in the literature or by one skilled in the art.
USE AND UTILITY
A. UTILITIES
The compounds of the present invention modulate the function of the nuclear hormone receptors, particularly the androgen receptor, and include compounds which are, for example, selective agonists, partial agonists, antagonists or partial antagonists of the androgen receptor (AR). Thus, the present compounds are useful in the treatment of AR-associated conditions. An "AR-associated condition," as used herein, denotes a condition or disorder which can be treated by modulating the function or activity of an AR in a subject, wherein treatment comprises prevention, partial alleviation or cure of the condition or disorder. Modulation may occur locally, for example, within certain tissues of the subject, or more extensively throughout a subject being treated for such a condition or disorder.
The compounds of the present invention can be administered to animals, preferably humans, for the treatment of a variety of conditions and disorders, including, but not limited to maintenance of muscle strength and function (e.g., in the elderly); reversal or prevention of frailty or age-related functional decline ("ARFD") in the elderly (e.g., sarcopenia); treatment of catabolic side effects of glucocorticoids; prevention and/or treatment of reduced bone mass, density or growth (e.g., osteoporosis and osteopenia); treatment of chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS); chronic myalgia; treatment of acute fatigue syndrome and muscle loss following elective surgery (e.g., post-surgical rehabilitation); accelerating of wound healing; accelerating bone fracture repair (such as accelerating the recovery of hip fracture patients); accelerating healing of complicated fractures, e.g. distraction osteogenesis; in joint replacement; prevention of post-surgical adhesion formation; acceleration of tooth repair or growth; maintenance of sensory function (e.g., hearing, sight, olefaction and taste); treatment of periodontal disease; treatment of wasting secondary to fractures and wasting in connection with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic liver disease, AIDS, weightlessness, cancer cachexia, burn and trauma recovery, chronic catabolic state (e.g., coma), eating disorders (e.g., anorexia) and chemotherapy; treatment of cardiomyopathy; treatment of thrombocytopenia; treatment of growth retardation in connection with Crohn's disease; treatment of short bowel syndrome; treatment of irritable bowel syndrome; treatment of inflammatory bowel disease; treatment of Crohn's disease and ulcerative colits; treatment of complications associated with transplantation; treatment of physiological short stature including growth hormone deficient children and short stature associated with chronic illness; treatment of obesity and growth retardation associated with obesity; treatment of anorexia (e.g., associated with cachexia or aging); treatment of hypercortisolism and Cushing's syndrome; Paget's disease; treatment of osteoarthritis; induction of pulsatile growth hormone release; treatment of osteochondrodysplasias; treatment of depression, nervousness, irritability and stress; treatment of reduced mental energy and low self-esteem (e.g., motivation/assertiveness); improvement of cognitive function (e.g., the treatment of dementia, including Alzheimer's disease and short term memory loss); treatment of catabolism in connection with pulmonary dysfunction and ventilator dependency; treatment of cardiac dysfunction (e.g., associated with valvular disease, myocardial infarction, cardiac hypertrophy or congestive heart failure); lowering blood pressure; protection against ventricular dysfunction or prevention of reperfusion events; treatment of adults in chronic dialysis; reversal or slowing of the catabolic state of aging; attenuation or reversal of protein catabolic responses following trauma (e.g., reversal of the catabolic state associated with surgery, congestive heart failure, cardiac myopathy, burns, cancer, COPD etc.); reducing cachexia and protein loss due to chronic illness such as cancer or AIDS; treatment of hyperinsulinemia including nesidioblastosis; treatment of immunosuppressed patients; treatment of wasting in connection with multiple sclerosis or other neurodegenerative disorders; promotion of myelin repair; maintenance of skin thickness; treatment of metabolic homeostasis and renal homeostasis (e.g., in the frail elderly); stimulation of osteoblasts, bone remodeling and cartilage growth; regulation of food intake; treatment of insulin resistance, including NIDDM, in mammals (e.g., humans); treatment of insulin resistance in the heart; improvement of sleep quality and correction of the relative hyposomatotropism of senescence due to high increase in REM sleep and a decrease in REM latency; treatment of hypothermia; treatment of congestive heart failure; treatment of lipodystrophy (e.g., in patients taking HIV or AIDS therapies such as protease inhibitors); treatment of muscular atrophy (e.g., due to physical inactivity, bed rest or reduced weight-bearing conditions); treatment of musculoskeletal impairment (e.g., in the elderly); improvement of the overall pulmonary function; treatment of sleep disorders; and the treatment of the catabolic state of prolonged critical illness; treatment of hirsutism, acne, seborrhea, androgenic alopecia, anemia, hyperpilosity, benign prostate hypertrophy, adenomas and neoplasies of the prostate (e.g., advanced metastatic prostate cancer) and malignant tumor cells containing the androgen receptor, such as is the case for breast, brain, skin, ovarian, bladder, lymphatic, liver and kidney cancers; cancers of the skin, pancreas, endometrium, lung and colon; osteosarcoma; hypercalcemia of malignancy; metastatic bone disease; treatment of spermatogenesis, endometriosis and polycystic ovary syndrome; conteracting preeclampsia, eclampsia of pregnancy and preterm labor; treatment of premenstural syndrome; treatment of vaginal dryness; age related decreased testosterone levels in men, male menopause, hypogonadism, male hormone replacement, male and female sexual dysfunction (e.g., erectile dysfunction, decreased sex drive, sexual well-being, decreased libido), urinary incontinence, male and female contraception, hair loss, Reaven's Syndrome and the enhancement of bone and muscle performance/strength. The term treatment is also intended to include prophylactic treatment.
In addition, the conditions, diseases, and maladies collectively referenced to as "Syndrome X" or Metabolic Syndrome as detailed in Johannsson J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 82, 727-34 (1997), may be treated employing the compounds of the invention.
B. COMBINATIONS
The present invention includes within its scope pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredient, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of the compounds of formula I, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutical carrier or diluent. Optionally, compounds of the present invention can be used alone, in combination with other compounds of the invention, or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agent(s), e.g., an antibiotic or other pharmaceutically active material. The compounds of the present invention may be combined with growth promoting agents, such as, but not limited to, TRH, diethylstilbesterol, theophylline, enkephalins, E series prostaglandins, compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 3,239,345, e.g., zeranol, and compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,036,979, e.g., sulbenox or peptides disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,411,890.
The compounds of the invention may also be used in combination with growth hormone secretagogues such as GHRP-6, GHRP-1 (as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,411,890 and publications WO 89/07110 and WO 89/07111), GHRP-2 (as described in WO 93/04081), NN703 (Novo Nordisk), LY444711 (Lilly), MK-677 (Merck), CP424391 (Pfizer) and B-HT920, or with growth hormone releasing factor and its analogs or growth hormone and its analogs or somatomedins including IGF-1 and IGF-2, or with alpha-adrenergic agonists, such as clonidine or serotinin 5-HTD agonists, such as sumatriptan, or agents which inhibit somatostatin or its release, such as physostigmine and pyridostigmine. A still further use of the disclosed compounds of the invention is in combination with parathyroid hormone, PTH(l-34) or bisphosphonates, such as MK-217 (alendronate).
A still further use of the compounds of the invention is in combination with estrogen, testosterone, a selective estrogen receptor modulator, such as tamoxifen or raloxifene, or other androgen receptor modulators, such as those disclosed in Edwards, J. P. et. al, Bio. Med. Chem. Let., 9, 1003-1008 (1999) and Hamann, L. G. et. al, J. Med. Chem., Al, 210-212 (1999).
A further use of the compounds of this invention is in combination with progesterone receptor agonists ("PRA"), such as levonorgestrel, medroxyprogesterone acetate (MPA).
The compounds of the present invention may be employed alone or in combination with each other and/or other modulators of nuclear hormone receptors or other suitable therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of the aforementioned disorders including: anti-diabetic agents; anti-osteoporosis agents; anti-obesity agents; anti-inflammatory agents; anti-anxiety agents; anti- depressants; anti-hypertensive agents; anti-platelet agents; anti-thrombotic and thrombolytic agents; cardiac glycosides; cholesterol/lipid lowering agents; mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists; phospodiesterase inhibitors; protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors; thyroid mimetics (including thyroid receptor agonists); anabolic agents; HIV or AIDS therapies; therapies useful in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease and other cognitive disorders; therapies useful in the treatment of sleeping disorders; anti-proliferative agents; and anti-tumor agents.
Examples of suitable anti-diabetic agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include biguanides (e.g., metformin), glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., acarbose), insulins (including insulin secretagogues or insulin sensitizers), meglitinides (e.g., repaglinide), sulfonylureas (e.g., glimepiride, glyburide and glipizide), biguanide/glyburide combinations (e.g., Glucovance®), thiazolidinediones (e.g., troglitazone, rosiglitazone and pioglitazone), PPAR-alpha agonists, PPAR-gamma agonists, PPAR alpha/gamma dual agonists, SGLT2 inhibitors, glycogen phosphorylase inhibitors, inhibitors of fatty acid binding protein (aP2) such as those disclosed in U.S. Serial No. 09/519,079 filed March 6, 2000, glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1), and dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP4) inhibitors such as those disclosed in WO 0168603.
Examples of suitable anti-osteoporosis agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include alendronate, risedronate, PTH, PTH fragment, raloxifene, calcitonins, steroidal or non-steroidal progesterone receptor agonists, RANK ligand antagonists, calcium sensing receptor antagonists, TRAP inhibitors, selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERM's), estrogen and AP-1 inhibitors.
Examples of suitable anti-obesity agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include aP2 inhibitors, such as those disclosed in U.S. Serial No. 09/519,079 filed March 6, 2000, PPAR gamma antagonists, PPAR delta agonists, beta 3 adrenergic agonists, such as AJ9677 (Takeda/Dainippon), L750355 (Merck), or CP331648 (Pfizer) or other known beta 3 agonists as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,541,204, 5,770,615, 5,491,134, 5,776,983 and 5,488,064, a lipase inhibitor, such as orlistat or ATL- 962 (Alizyme), a serotonin (and dopamine) reuptake inhibitor, such as sibutramine, topiramate (Johnson & Johnson) or axokine (Regeneron), a thyroid receptor beta drug, such as a thyroid receptor ligand as disclosed in WO 97/21993 (U. Cal SF), WO 99/00353 (KaroBio) and GB98/284425 (KaroBio), and/or an anorectic agent, such as dexamphetamine, phentermine, phenylpropanolamine or mazindol. Examples of suitable anti-inflammatory agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include prednisone, dexamethasone, Enbrel®, cyclooxygenase inhibitors (i.e., COX-1 and/or COX- 2 inhibitors such as NSAIDs, aspirin, indomethacin, ibuprofen, piroxicam, Naproxen®, Celebrex®, Vioxx®), CTLA4-Ig agonists/antagonists, CD40 ligand antagonists, IMPDH inhibitors, such as mycophenolate (CellCept®), integrin antagonists, alpha-4 beta-7 integrin antagonists, cell adhesion inhibitors, interferon gamma antagonists, ICAM-1, tumor necrosis factor (TNF) antagonists (e.g., infliximab, OR1384), prostaglandin synthesis inhibitors, budesonide, clofazimine, CNI-1493, CD4 antagonists (e.g., priliximab), p38 mitogen-activated protein kinase inhibitors, protein tyrosine kinase (PTK) inhibitors, IKK inhibitors, and therapies for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome (e.g., Zelmac® and Maxi-K® openers such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,184,231 B I). Examples of suitable anti-anxiety agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include diazepam, lorazepam, buspirone, oxazepam, and hydroxyzine pamoate.
Examples of suitable anti-depressants for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include citalopram, fluoxetine, nefazodone, sertraline, and paroxetine.
Examples of suitable anti-hypertensive agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include beta adrenergic blockers, calcium channel blockers (L-type and T-type; e.g. diltiazem, verapamil, nifedipine, amlodipine and mybefradil), diuretics (e.g., chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, flumethiazide, hydroflumethiazide, bendroflumethiazide, methylchlorothiazide, trichloromethiazide, polythiazide, benzthiazide, ethacrynic acid tricrynafen, chlorthalidone, furosemide, musolimine, bumetanide, triamtrenene, amiloride, spironolactone), renin inhibitors, ACE inhibitors (e.g., captopril, zofenopril, fosinopril, enalapril, ceranopril, cilazopril, delapril, pentopril, quinapril, ramipril, lisinopril), AT-1 receptor antagonists (e.g., losartan, irbesartan, valsartan), ET receptor antagonists (e.g., sitaxsentan, atrsentan and compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,612,359 and 6,043,265), Dual ET/AII antagonist (e.g., compounds disclosed in WO 00/01389), neutral endopeptidase (NEP) inhibitors, vasopepsidase inhibitors (dual NEP-ACE inhibitors) (e.g., omapatrilat and gemopatrilat), and nitrates.
Examples of suitable anti-platelet agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include GPIIb/IIIa blockers (e.g., abciximab, eptifibatide, tirofiban), P2Y12 antagonists (e.g., clopidogrel, ticlopidine, CS-747), thromboxane receptor antagonists (e.g., ifetroban), aspirin, and PDE-III inhibitors (e.g., dipyridamole) with or without aspirin.
Examples of suitable cardiac glycosides for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include digitalis and ouabain.
Examples of suitable cholesterol/lipid lowering agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors (e.g., pravastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, simvastatin, NK- 104 (a.k.a. itavastatin, or nisvastatin or nisbastatin) and ZD-4522 (a.k.a. rosuvastatin, or atavastatin or visastatin)), squalene synthetase inhibitors, fibrates, bile acid sequestrants, ACAT inhibitors, MTP inhibitors, lipooxygenase inhibitors, cholesterol absorption inhibitors, and cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitors (e.g., CP-529414).
Examples of suitable mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include spironolactone and eplerinone.
Examples of suitable phospodiesterase (PDE) inhibitors for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include PDE-3 inhibitors such as cilostazol, and phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors (PDE-5 inhibitors) such as sildenafil.
Examples of suitable thyroid mimetics for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include thyrotropin, polythyroid, KB- 130015, and dronedarone. Examples of suitable anabolic agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include testosterone, TRH diethylstilbesterol, estrogens, β-agonists, theophylline, anabolic steroids, dehydroepiandrosterone, enkephalins, E-series prostagladins, retinoic acid and compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,239,345, e.g., Zeranol®; U.S. Patent No. 4,036,979, e.g., Sulbenox® or peptides as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,411,890.
Examples of suitable HIV or AIDS therapies for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include indinavir sulfate, saquinavir, saquinavir mesylate, ritonavir, lamivudine, zidovudine, lamivudine/zidovudine combinations, zalcitabine, didanosine, stavudine, and megestrol acetate.
Examples of suitable therapies for treatment of Alzheimer's disease and cognitive disorders for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include donepezil, tacrine, revastigmine, 5HT6, gamma secretase inhibitors, beta secretase inhibitors, SK channel blockers, Maxi-K blockers, and KCNQs blockers.
Examples of suitable therapies for treatment of sleeping disorders for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include melatonin analogs, melatonin receptor antagonists, ML1B agonists, and GAB A/NMD A receptor antagonists.
Examples of suitable anti-proliferative agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include cyclosporin A, paclitaxel, FK-506, and adriamycin. Examples of suitable anti-tumor agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include paclitaxel, adriamycin, epothilones, cisplatin and carboplatin.
Compounds of the present invention may further be used in combination with nutritional supplements such as those described in U.S. 5,179,080, especially in combination with whey protein or casein, amino acids (such as leucine, branched amino acids and hydroxymethylbutyrate), triglycerides, vitamins (e.g., A, B6, B12, folate, C, D and E), minerals (e.g., selenium, magnesium, zinc, chromium, calcium and potassium), carnitine, lipoic acid, creatinine, B-hyroxy-B-methylbutyriate (Juven) and coenzyme Q-10.
In addition, compounds of the present invention may be used in combination with therapeutic agents used in the treatment of sexual dysfunction, including but not hmited to PDE-5 inhibitors, such as sildenafil or IC-351. Compounds of the present invention may further be used in combination with antiresorptive agents, hormone replacement therapies, vitamin D analogues, elemental calcium and calcium supplements, cathepsin K inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, vitronectin receptor antagonists, Src SH2 antagonists, vacular -H+- ATPase inhibitors, ipriflavone, fluoride, Tibolone, prostanoids, 17-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitors and Src kinase inhibitors.
Compounds of the present invention may be used in combination with male contraceptives, such as nonoxynol 9 or therapeutic agents for the treatment of hair loss, such as minoxidil and finasteride or chemotherapeutic agents, such as with LHRH agonists. Further, the compounds of the present invention may be used in combination with anti-cancer and cytotoxic agents, including but not limited to alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards, alkyl sulfonates, nitrosoureas, ethylenimines, and triazenes; antimetabolites such as folate antagonists, purine analogues, and pyrimidine analogues; antibiotics such as anthracyclines, bleomycins, mitomycin, dactinomycin, and plicamycin; enzymes such as L- asparaginase; farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitors; 5α-reductase inhibitors; inhibitors of 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 3; hormonal agents such as glucocorticoids, estrogens/ antiestrogens, androgens/ antiandrogens, progestins, and luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone antagonists, octreotide acetate; microtubule-disruptor agents, such as ecteinascidins or their analogs and derivatives; microtubule-stabilizing agents such as taxanes, for example, paclitaxel (Taxol®), docetaxel (Taxotere®), and their analogs, and epothilones, such as epothilones A-F and their analogs; plant-derived products, such as vinca alkaloids, epipodophyllotoxins, taxanes; and topiosomerase inhibitors; prenyl-protein transf erase inhibitors; and miscellaneous agents such as hydroxyurea, procarbazine, mitotane, hexamethylmelamine, platinum coordination complexes such as cisplatin and carboplatin; and other agents used as anti-cancer and cytotoxic agents such as biological response modifiers, growth factors; immune modulators and monoclonal antibodies. The compounds of the invention may also be used in conjunction with radiation therapy.
Representative examples of these classes of anti-cancer and cytotoxic agents include but are not limited to mechlorethamine hydrochloride, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, melphalan, ifosfamide, busulfan, carmustin, lomustine, semustine, streptozocin, thiotepa, dacarbazine, methotrexate, thioguanine, mercaptopurine, fludarabine, pentastatin, cladribin, cytarabine, fluorouracil, doxorubicin hydrochloride, daunorubicin, idarubicin, bleomycin sulfate, mitomycin C, actinomycin D, safracins, saframycins, quinocarcins, discodermolides, vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine tartrate, etoposide, etoposide phosphate, teniposide, paclitaxel, tamoxifen, estramustine, estramustine phosphate sodium, flutamide, buserelin, leuprolide, pteridines, diyneses, levamisole, aflacon, interferon, interleukins, aldesleukin, filgrastim, sargramostim, rituximab, BCG, tretinoin, irinotecan hydrochloride, betamethosone, gemcitabine hydrochloride, altretamine, and topoteca and any analogs or derivatives thereof.
Preferred member of these classes include, but are not limited to, paclitaxel, cisplatin, carboplatin, doxorubicin, carminomycin, daunorubicin, aminopterin, methotrexate, methopterin, mitomycin C, ecteinascidin 743, or porfiromycin, 5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, gemcitabine, cytosine arabinoside, podophyllotoxin or podophyllotoxin derivatives such as etoposide, etoposide phosphate or teniposide, melphalan, vinblastine, vincristine, leurosidine, vindesine and leurosine.
Examples of anticancer and other cytotoxic agents include the following: epothilone derivatives as found in German Patent No. 4138042.8; WO 97/19086, WO 98/22461, WO 98/25929, WO 98/38192, WO 99/01124, WO 99/02224, WO 99/02514, WO 99/03848, WO 99/07692, WO 99/27890, WO 99/28324, WO 99/43653, WO 99/54330, WO 99/54318, WO 99/54319, WO 99/65913, WO 99/67252, WO 99/67253 and WO 00/00485; cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors as found in WO 99/24416 (see also U.S. Patent No. 6,040,321); and prenyl-protein transferase inhibitors as found in WO 97/30992 and WO 98/54966; and agents such as those described generically and specifically in U.S. Patent No. 6,011,029 (the compounds of which U.S. Patent can be employed together with any NHR modulators (including, but not limited to, those of present invention) such as AR modulators, ER modulators, with LHRH modulators, or with surgical castration, especially in the treatment of cancer).
The above other therapeutic agents, when employed in combination with the compounds of the present invention, may be used, for example, in those amounts indicated in the Physicians' Desk Reference (PDR) or as otherwise determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
The compounds of the formula I can be administered for any of the uses described herein by any suitable means, for example, orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules or powders; sublingually; bucally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, or intrasternal injection or infusion techniques (e.g., as sterile injectable aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions); nasally, including administration to the nasal membranes, such as by inhalation spray; topically, such as in the form of a cream or ointment; or rectally such as in the form of suppositories; in dosage unit formulations containing non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or diluents. The present compounds can, for example, be administered in a form suitable for immediate release or extended release. Immediate release or extended release can be achieved by the use of suitable pharmaceutical compositions comprising the present compounds, or, particularly in the case of extended release, by the use of devices such as subcutaneous implants or osmotic pumps. The present compounds can also be administered liposomally.
Exemplary compositions for oral administration include suspensions which can contain, for example, microcrystalline cellulose for imparting bulk, alginic acid or sodium alginate as a suspending agent, methylcellulose as a viscosity enhancer, and sweeteners or flavoring agents such as those known in the art; and immediate release tablets which can contain, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, dicalcium phosphate, starch, magnesium stearate and/or lactose and/or other excipients, binders, extenders, disintegrants, diluents and lubricants such as those known in the art. The compounds of formula I can also be delivered through the oral cavity by sublingual and/or buccal administration. Molded tablets, compressed tablets or freeze-dried tablets are exemplary forms which may be used. Exemplary compositions include those formulating the present compound(s) with fast dissolving diluents such as mannitol, lactose, sucrose and/or cyclodextrins. Also included in such formulations may be high molecular weight excipients such as celluloses (avicel) or polyethylene glycols (PEG). Such formulations can also include an excipient to aid mucosal adhesion such as hydroxy propyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose (HPMC), sodium carboxy methyl cellulose (SCMC), maleic anhydride copolymer (e.g., Gantrez), and agents to control release such as polyacrylic copolymer (e.g. Carbopol 934). Lubricants, glidants, flavors, coloring agents and stabilizers may also be added for ease of fabrication and use.
Exemplary compositions for nasal aerosol or inhalation administration include solutions in saline which can contain, for example, benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents such as those known in the art. Exemplary compositions for parenteral administration include injectable solutions or suspensions which can contain, for example, suitable non-toxic, parenterally acceptable diluents or solvents, such as mannitol, 1,3-butanediol, water, Ringer's solution, an isotonic sodium chloride solution, or other suitable dispersing or wetting and suspending agents, including synthetic mono- or diglycerides, and fatty acids, including oleic acid, or Cremaphor.
Exemplary compositions for rectal administration include suppositories which can contain, for example, a suitable non-irritating excipient, such as cocoa butter, synthetic glyceride esters or polyethylene glycols, which are solid at ordinary temperatures, but liquify and/or dissolve in the rectal cavity to release the drug.
Exemplary compositions for topical administration include a topical carrier such as Plastibase (mineral oil gelled with polyethylene).
The effective amount of a compound of the present invention can be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, and includes exemplary dosage amounts for an adult human of from about 0.01 to 2000 mg of active compound per day, which can be administered in a single dose or in the form of individual divided doses, such as from 1 to 4 times per day. It will be understood that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular subject can be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the species, age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the subject, the mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and severity of the particular condition. Preferred subjects for treatment include animals, most preferably mammalian species such as humans, and domestic animals such as dogs, cats and the like, subject to NHR-associated conditions. TRANS ACTIVATION ASSAYS:
AR Specific Assay:
Compounds of the present invention were tested in transactivation assays of a transfected reporter construct and using the endogenous androgen receptor of the host cells. The transactivation assay provides a method for identifying functional agonists and partial agonists that mimic, or antagonists that inhibit, the effect of native hormones, in this case, dihydrotestosterone (DHT). This assay can be used to predict in vivo activity as there is a good correlation in both series of data. See, e.g. T. Berger et al., J. Steroid Biochem. Molec. Biol. 113 (1992), the disclosure of which is herein incoφorated by reference.
For the transactivation assay a reporter plasmid is introduced by transfection (a procedure to induce cells to take foreign genes) into the respective cells. This reporter plasmid, comprising the cDNA for a reporter protein, such as secreted alkaline phosphatase (SEAP), controlled by prostate specific antigen (PSA) upstream sequences containing androgen response elements (AREs). This reporter plasmid functions as a reporter for the transcription-modulating activity of the AR. Thus, the reporter acts as a surrogate for the products (mRNA then protein) normally expressed by a gene under control of the AR and its native hormone. In order to detect antagonists, the transactivation assay is carried out in the presence of constant concentration of the natural AR hormone (DHT) known to induce a defined reporter signal. Increasing concentrations of a suspected antagonist will decrease the reporter signal (e.g., SEAP production). On the other hand, exposing the transfected cells to increasing concentrations of a suspected agonist will increase the production of the reporter signal.
For this assay, LNCaP and MDA 453 cells were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD), and maintained in RPMI 1640 or DMEM medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; Gibco) respectively. The respective cells were transiently transfected by electroporation according to the optimized procedure described by Heiser, 130 Methods Mol. Biol., 117 (2000), with the pSEAP2/PSA540/Enhancer reporter plasmid. The reporter plasmid, was constructed as follows: commercial human placental genomic DNA was used to generate by Polymerase Cycle Reaction (PCR) a fragment containing the Bglll site (position 5284) and the Hind III site at position 5831 of the human prostate specific antigen promoter (Accession # U37672), Schuur, et al., J. Biol. Chem., 271 (12): 7043-51 (1996). This fragment was subcloned into the pSEAP2/basic (Clontech) previously digested with Bglll and Hindlll to generate the pSEAP2/PSA540 construct. Then a fragment bearing the fragment of human PSA upstream sequence between positions -5322 and -3873 was amplified by PCR from human placental genomic DNA. A Xhol and a Bglll sites were introduced with the primers. The resulting fragment was subcloned into pSEAP2/PSA540 digested with Xhol and Bglll respectively, to generate the pSEAP2/PSA540/Enhancer construct. LNCaP and MDA MB -453 cells were collected in media containing 10% charcoal stripped FBS. Each cell suspension was distributed into two Gene Pulser Cuvetts (Bio-Rad) which then received 8 μg of the reporter construct, and electoporated using a Bio-Rad Gene Pulser at 210 volts and 960 μFaraday. Following the transfections the cells were washed and incubated with media containing charcoal stripped fetal bovine serum in the absence (blank) or presence (control) of 1 nM dihydrotestosterone (DHT; Sigma Chemical) and in the presence or absence of the standard anti-androgen bicalutamide or compounds of the present invention in concentrations ranging from 10"10 to 10"5 M (sample). Duplicates were used for each sample. The compound dilutions were performed on a Biomek 2000 laboratory workstation.
After 48 h, a fraction of the supernatant was assayed for SEAP activity using the Phospha-Light Chemiluminescent Reporter Gene Assay System (Tropix, Inc). Viability of the remaining cells was determined using the CellTiter 96 Aqueous Non-Radioactive Cell Proliferation Assay (MTS Assay, Promega). Briefly, a mix of a tetrazolium compound (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol- 2-yl)-5-(3-carboxymethoxyphenyl)- 2-(4-sulfophenyl)-2H-tetrazolium, inner salt; MTS) and an electron coupling reagent (phenazine methosulfate; PMS) are added to the cells. MTS (Owen's reagent) is bioreduced by cells into a formazan that is soluble in tissue culture medium, and therefore its absorbance at 490 nm can be measured directly from 96 well assay plates without additional processing. The quantity of formazan product as measured by the amount of 490 nm absorbance is directly proportional to the number of living cells in culture. For each replicate the SEAP reading was normalized by the Abs490 value derived from the MTS assay. For the antagonist mode, the % Inhibition was calculated as:
% Inhibition = 100 x (1 - [average control - average blank / average sample - average blank])
Data was plotted and the concentration of compound that inhibited 50% of the normalized SEAP was quantified (IC50).
For the agonist mode % Control was referred as the effect of the tested compound compared to the maximal effect observed with the natural hormone, in this case DHT, and was calculated as:
% Control = 100 x average sample - average blank/ average control - average blank
Data was plotted and the concentration of compound that activates to levels 50% of the normalized SEAP for the control was quantified (EC50).
GR Specificity Assay: The reporter plasmid utilized was comprised of the cDNA for the reporter SEAP protein, as described for the AR specific transactivation assay. Expression of the reporter SEAP protein was controlled by the mouse mammary tumor virus long terminal repeat (MMTV LTR) sequences that contains three hormone response elements (HREs) that can be regulated by both GR and PR see, e.g. G. Chalepakis et al., Cell, 53(3), 371 (1988). This plasmid was transfected into A549 cells, which expresses endogenous GR, to obtain a GR specific transactivation assay. A549 cells were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD), and maintained in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; Gibco). Determination of the GR specific antagonist activity of the compounds of the present invention was identical to that described for the AR specific transactivation assay, except that the DHT was replaced with 5 nM dexamethasone (Sigma Chemicals), a specific agonist for GR. Determination of the GR specific agonist activity of the compounds of the present invention was performed as described for the AR transactivation assay, wherein one measures the activation of the GR specific reporter system by the addition of a test compound, in the absence of a known GR specific agonists ligand.
PR Specific Assay:
The reporter plasmid utilized was comprised of the cDNA for the reporter SEAP protein, as described for the AR specific transactivation assay. Expression of the reporter SEAP protein was controlled by the mouse mammary tumor virus long terminal repeat (MMTV LTR) sequences that contains three hormone response elements (HRE's) that can be regulated by both GR and PR. This plasmid was transfected into T47D, which expresses endogenous PR, to obtain a PR specific transactivation assay. T47D cells were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD), and maintained in DMEM medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; Gibco). Determination of the PR specific antagonist activity of the compounds of the present invention was identical to that described for the AR specific transactivation assay, except that the DHT was replaced with 1 nM Promegastone (NEN), a specific agonist for PR. Determination of the PR specific agonist activity of the compounds of the present invention was performed as described for the AR transactivation assay, wherein one measures the activation of the PR specific reporter system by the addition of a test compound, in the absence of a known PR specific agonists ligand.
AR Binding Assay:
For the whole-cell binding assay, human LNCaP cells (T877A mutant AR) or MDA 453 (wild type AR) in 96-well microtiter plates containing RPMI 1640 or DMEM supplemented with 10% charcoal stripped CA-FBS (Cocaleco Biologicals) respectively, were incubated at 37 °C to remove any endogenous ligand that might be complexed with the receptor in the cells. After 48 h, either a saturation analysis to determine the ICj for tritiated dihydrotestosterone, [3H]- DHT, or a competitive binding assay to evaluate the ability of test compounds to compete with [3H]-DHT were performed. For the saturation analysis, media (RPMI 1640 or DMEM - 0.2% CA-FBS) containing [3H]-DHT (in concentrations ranging from 0.1 nM to 16 nM) in the absence (total binding) or presence (non-specific binding) of a 500-fold molar excess of unlabeled DHT were added to the cells. After 4 h at 37 °C, an aliquot of the total binding media at each concentration of [ H]-DHT was removed to estimate the amount of free [3H]-DHT. The remaining media was removed, cells were washed three times with PBS and harvested onto UniFilter GF/B plates (Packard),
Microscint (Packard) was added and plates counted in a Top-Counter (Packard) to evaluate the amount of bound [3H]-DHT.
For the saturation analysis, the difference between the total binding and the non-specific binding, was defined as specific binding. The specific binding was evaluated by Scatchard analysis to determine the I j for [3H]-DHT. See e.g. D. Rodbard, Mathematics and statistics of ligand assays: an illustrated guide: In: J. Langon and J. J. Clapp, eds., Ligand Assay, Masson Publishing U.S.A., Inc., New York, pp. 45-99, (1981), the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference. For the competition studies, media containing 1 nM [3H]-DHT and compounds of the invention ("test compounds") in concentrations ranging from 10"10 to 10"5 M were added to the cells. Two replicates were used for each sample. After 4 h at 37 °C, cells were washed, harvested and counted as described above. The data was plotted as the amount of [ H]-DHT (% of control in the absence of test compound) remaining over the range of the dose response curve for a given compound. The concentration of test compound that inhibited 50% of the amount of [3H]-DHT bound in the absence of competing ligand was quantified (IC50) after log-logit transformation. The K! values were determined by application of the Cheng-Prusoff equation to the IC50 values, where: κ,= IC 50_
(1 + (3H-DHT) / ICj for 3H-DHT) After correcting for non-specific binding, IC50 values were determined. The IC50 is defined as the concentration of competing ligand needed to reduce specific binding by 50%. The I jS for [3HJ-DHT for MDA 453 and LNCaP were 0.7 and 0.2 nM respectively.
C2C12 Mouse Myoblast Transactivation Assay:
Two functional transactivation assays were developed to assess the efficacy of androgen agonists in a muscle cell background using a luciferase reporter. The first assay (ARTA Stable 1) uses a cell line, Stable 1 (clone #72), which expresses the full length rat androgen receptor but requires the transient transfection of an enhancer/reporter. This cell line was derived from C2C12 mouse moyoblast cells. The second assay (ARTA Stable 2) uses a cell line, Stable 2 (clone #133), derived from Stable 1 which expresses both rAR and the enhancer/luciferase reporter.
The enhancer/reporter construct used in this system is pGL3/2XDR- 1 /luciferase. 2XDR-1 was reported to be an AR specific response element in CV-1 cells, Brown et. al. The Journal of Biological Chemistry 272, 8227-8235, (1997). It was developed by random mutagenesis of an AR/GR consensus enhancer sequence.
ARTA Stable 1:
1. Stable 1 cells are plated in 96 well format at 6,000 cells/well in high glucose DMEM without phenol red (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 21063-029) containing 10% charcoal and dextran treated FBS (HyClone Cat. No.: SH30068.02), 50 mM HEPES Buffer (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 15630-080), IX MEM Na Pyruvate (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 11360-070), 0.5X Antibiotic- Antimycotic, and 800 μg/mL Geneticin (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 10131-035). 2. 48 h later, cells are transfected with pGL3/2XDR-l/luciferase using LipofectAMINE Plus™ Reagent (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 10964-013). Specifically, 5 ng/well pGL3/2XDR-l /luciferase DNA and 50 ng/well Salmon Sperm DNA (as carrier) are diluted with 5 μl/well Opti-MEMem media (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 31985-070). To this, 0.5 μl/well Plus reagent is added. This mixture is incubated for 15 min at rt. In a separate vessel, 0.385 μl/well LipofectAMINE reagent is diluted with 5 μl/well Opti-MEM. The DNA mixture is then combined with the LipofectAMINE mixture and incubated for an additional 15 min at rt. During this time, the media from the cells is removed and replaced with 60 μl/well of Opti-MEM. To this is added 10 μl/well of the DNA/LipofectAMINE transfection mixture. The cells are incubated for 4 h.
3. The transfection mixture is removed from the cells and replaced with 90 μl of media as in #1 above. 4. 10 μl/well of appropriate drug dilution is placed in each well.
5. 24 h later, the Steady-Glo™ Luciferase Assay System is used to detect activity according to the manufacturer's instructions (Promega, Cat. No.: E2520).
ARTA Stable 2:
1. Stable 2 cells are plated in 96 well format at 6,000 cells/well in high glucose DMEM without phenol red (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 21063-029) containing 10% charcoal and dextran treated FBS (HyClone Cat. No.: SH30068.02), 50 mM HEPES Buffer (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 15630-080), IX MEM Na Pyruvate (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 11360-070), 0.5X Antibiotic-
Antimycotic, 800 μg/mL Geneticin (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 10131-035) and 800 μg/mL Hygromycin β (Gibco BRL, Cat. No.: 10687-010).
2. 48 h later, the media on the cells is removed and replaced with 90 μl fresh. 10 μl/well of appropriate drug dilution is placed in each well. 3. 24 h later, the Steady-GloTM Luciferase Assay System is used to detect activity according to the manufacturer's instructions (Promega, Cat. No. E2520).
PROLIFERATION ASSAYS:
Human Prostate Cell Proliferation Assay:
Compounds of the present invention were tested ("test compounds") on the proliferation of human prostate cancer cell lines. For that, MDA PCa2b cells, a cell line derived from the metastasis of a patient that failed castration, Navone et al., Clin. Cancer Res., 3, 2493-500 (1997), were incubated with or without the test compounds for 72 h and the amount of [3H] -thymidine incorporated into DNA was quantified as a way to assess number of cells and therefore proliferation. The MDA PCa2b cell line was maintained in BRFF- HPC1 media (Biological Research Faculty & Facility Inc., MD) supplemented with 10% FBS. For the assay, cells were plated in Biocoated 96-well microplates and incubated at 37 °C in 10% FBS (charcoal-stripped)/BRFF- BMZERO (without androgens). After 24 h, the cells were treated in the absence (blank) or presence of 1 nM DHT (control) or with test compounds (sample) of the present invention in concentrations ranging from 10"10 to 10"5 M. Duplicates were used for each sample. The compound dilutions were performed on a Biomek 2000 laboratory work station. Seventy-two h later 0.44 uCi. of [3H] -Thymidine (Amersham) was added per well and incubated for another 24 h followed by tripsinization, harvesting of the cells onto GF/B filters. Micro-scint PS were added to the filters before counting them on a Beckman TopCount. The % Inhibition was calculated as: % Inhibition = 100 x ( 1 - [average controι - average bιank / average sampIe - average blankJ)
Data was plotted and the concentration of compound that inhibited 50% of the [3HJ -Thymidine incorporation was quantified (IC5o).
Murine Breast Cell Proliferation Assay:
The ability of compounds of the present invention ("test compounds") to modulate the function of the AR was determined by testing said compounds in a proliferation assay using the androgen responsive murine breast cell line derived from the Shionogi tumor, Hiraoka et al, Cancer Res., 47, 6560-6564 (1987). Stable AR dependent clones of the parental Shionogi line were established by passing tumor fragments under the general procedures originally described in Tetuo, et. al, Cancer Research 25, 1168-1175 (1965). From the above procedure, one stable line, SCI 14, was isolated, characterized and utilized for the testing of example compounds. SCI 14 cells were incubated with or without the test compounds for 72 h and the amount of [3HJ -thymidine incoφorated into DNA was quantified as a surrogate endpoint to assess the number of cells and therefore the proliferation rate as described in Suzuki et. al, J. Steroid Biochem. Mol. Biol. 37, 559-567 (1990). The SCI 14 cell line was maintained in MEM containing 10"8 M testosterone and 2% DCC-treated FCS. For the assay, cells were plated in 96-well microplates in the maintenance media and incubated at 37 °C. On the following day, the medium was changed to serum free medium [Ham's F-12:MEM (1;1, v/v) containing 0.1% BSAJ with (antagonist mode) or without (agonist mode) 10"8 M testosterone and the test compounds of the present invention in concentrations ranging from 10"10 to 10"5 M. Duplicates were used for each sample. The compound dilutions were performed on a Biomek 2000 laboratory work station. Seventy two h later 0.44uCi of [3H] -Thymidine (Amersham) was added per well and incubated for another 2 h followed by tripsinization, and harvesting of the cells onto GF/B filters. Micro-scint PS were added to the filters before counting them on a Beckman TopCount.
For the antagonist mode, the % Inhibition was calculated as:
% Inhibition = 100 x ( 1 - [average SamPie - average bιank / average controi - average blank])
Data was plotted and the concentration of compound that inhibited 50% of the [3H] -Thymidine incoφoration was quantified (IC50).
For the agonist mode % Control was referred as the effect of the tested compound compared to the maximal effect observed with the natural hormone, in this case DHT, and was calculated as:
% Control = 100 x (average sampie - average blank)/ (average controi - average blank)
Data was plotted and the concentration of compound that inhibited 50% of the [3H] -Thymidine incoφoration was quantified (EC50).
In Vitro Assay to Measure GR-Induced AP-1 Transrepression:
The AP-1 assay is a cell-based luciferase reporter assay. A549 cells, which contain endogenous glucocorticoid receptor, were stably transfected with an AP-1 DNA binding site attached to the luciferase gene. Cells are then grown in RPMI + 10% fetal calf serum (charcoal-treated) +
Penicillin/Streptomycin with 0.5mg/mL geneticin. Cells are plated the day before the assay at approximately 40000 cells/well. On assay day, the media is removed by aspiration and 20 μL assay buffer (RPMI without phenol red + 10% FCS (charcoal-treated) + Pen/Strep) is added to each well. At this point either 20 μL assay buffer (control experiments), the compounds of the present invention ("test compounds") (dissolved in DMSO and added at varying concentrations) or dexamethasome (100 nM in DMSO, positive control) are added to each well. The plates are then pre-incubated for 15 min at 37 °C, followed by stimulation of the cells with 10 ng/mL PMA. The plates are then incubated for 7 h at 37 °C after which 40 μL luciferase substrate reagent is added to each well. Activity is measured by analysis in a luminometer as compared to control experiments treated with buffer or dexamethasome. Activity is designated as % inhibition of the reporter system as compared to the buffer control with 10 ng/mL PMA alone. The control, dexamethasone, at a concentration of <10 μM typically suppresses activity by 65%. Test compounds which demonstrate an inhibition of PMA induction of 50% or greater at a concentration of test compound of <10 μM are deemed active.
IN VIVO ASSAYS Levator Ani & Wet Prostate Weight Assay AR Agonist Assay:
The activity of compounds of the present invention as AR agonists was investigated in an immature male rat model, a recognized test of anabolic effects in muscle and sustaining effects in sex organs for a given compound, as described in L. G. Hershberger et al., Proc. Soc. Expt. Biol. Med., 83, 175 (1953); B. L. Beyler et al, "Methods for evaluating anabolic and catabolic agents in laboratory animals", J. Amer. Med. Women 's Ass., 23, 708 (1968); H. Fukuda et al., "Investigations of the levator ani muscle as an anabolic steroid assay", Nago Dai. Yak. Ken. Nem. 14, 84 (1966) the disclosures of which are herein incoφorated by reference. The basis of this assay lies in the well-defined action of androgenic agents on the maintenance and growth of muscle tissues and sexual accessory organs in animals and man. Androgenic steroids, such as testosterone (T), have been well characterized for their ability to maintain muscle mass. Treatment of animals or humans after castrations with an exogenous source of T results in a reversal of muscular atrophy. The effects of T on muscular atrophy in the rat levator ani muscle have been well characterized. M. Masuoka et al., "Constant cell population in normal, testosterone deprived and testosterone stimulated levator ani muscles" Am. J. Anat. 119, 263 (1966); Z. Gori et al., "Testosterone hypertrophy of levator ani muscle of castrated rats. I. Quantitative data" Boll. - Soc. Ital. Biol. Sper. 42, 1596 (1966); Z. Gori et al., "Testosterone hypertrophy of levator ani muscle of castrated rats. II. Electron-microscopic observations" Boll. -Soc. Ital. Biol. Sper. 42, 1600 (1966); A. Boris et al., Steroids 15, 61 (1970). As described above, the effects of androgens on maintenance of male sexual accessory organs, such as the prostate and seminal vesicles, is well described. Castration results in rapid involution and atrophy of the prostate and seminal vesicles. This effect can be reversed by exogenous addition of androgens. Since both the levator ani muscle and the male sex organs are the tissues most responsive to the effects of androgenic agents, this model is used to determine the androgen dependent reversal of atrophy in the levator ani muscle and the sex accessory organs in immature castrated rats. Sexually mature rats (200-250 g, 6-8 weeks-old, Sprague-Dawley, Harlan) were acquired castrated from the vendor (Taconic). The rats were divided into groups and treated daily for 7 to 14 days with one of the following: 1. Control vehicle 2. Testosterone Propionate (TP) (3 mg/rat/day, subcutaneous)
3. TP plus Bicalutamide (administered p.o. in PEGTW, QD), a recognized antiandrogen, as a reference compound.
4. To demonstrate antagonist activity, a compound of the present invention ("test compound") was administered (p.o. in PEGTW, QD) with TP (s.c. as administered in group 2) in a range of doses.
5. To demonstrate agonist activity a compound of the present invention ("test compound") was administered alone (p.o. in PEGTW, QD) in a range of doses.
At the end of the 7-14-day treatment, the animals were sacrificed by carbon dioxide, and the levator ani, seminal vesicle and ventral prostate weighed. To compare data from different experiments, the levator ani muscle and sexual organ weights were first standardized as mg per 100 g of body weight, and the increase in organ weight induced by TP was considered as the maximum increase (100%). Super-anova (one factor) was used for statistical analysis.
The gain and loss of sexual organ weight reflect the changes of the cell number (DNA content) and cell mass (protein content), depending upon the serum androgen concentration. See Y. Okuda et al., J. Uro , 145, 188-191 (1991), the disclosure of which is herein incoφorated by reference. Therefore, measurement of organ wet weight is sufficient to indicate the bioactivity of androgens and androgen antagonist. In immature castrated rats, replacement of exogenous androgens increases levator ani, seminal vesicles (SV) and prostate in a dose dependent manner.
The maximum increase in organ weight was 4 to 5-fold when dosing 3 mg/rat/day of testosterone (T) or 1 mg/rat/day of testosterone propionate (TP) for 3 days. The EC50 of T and TP were about 1 mg and 0.03 mg, respectively. The increase in the weight of the VP and S V also correlated with the increase in the serum T and DHT concentration. Although administration of T showed 5-times higher serum concentrations of T and DHT at 2 h after subcutaneous injection than that of TP, thereafter, these high levels declined very rapidly. In contrast, the serum concentrations of T and DHT in TP-treated animals were fairly consistent during the 24 h, and therefore, TP showed about 10-30-fold higher potency than free T.
The following examples serve to better illustrate, but not limit, some of the preferred embodiments of the invention. Example 1 (2S.3-R)-3-hvdroxy-2-pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid methyl ester
HO l C02 e
\-NH
1A. (2S,3S)-3-Hydroxy-2-pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid methyl ester hydrochloride salt
Figure imgf000067_0001
Hydrogen chloride gas was bubbled through a suspension of trans-3- hydroxy-L-proline (50 g, 0.38 mol) in MeOH (600 mL) cooled to 0 °C for 10 min. The resulting clear solution was stirred at rt for 4 h, then concentrated carefully under reduced pressure (white precipitates formed during the concentration). The resulting white solid was dried under vacuum overnight to afford the title compound (68.26 g) as a white solid.
IB. (2S,3S)-N-ter-,-Butyloxycarbonyl-3-hydroxy-2-pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid methyl ester
HO = .CO Me
°A To a suspension of compound 1A (68.26 g, 0.375 mol) in CH2C12 (1.0
L) cooled to 0 °C was added Et3N (105.3 mL, 0.755 mol), followed by portionwise addition of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (82.96 g, 0.380 mol). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 4 h, then partitioned between water and CH2C12. The CH2C12 layer was washed with water (2x), 20% aqueous citric acid (lx), water, brine, dried (Na2S0 ) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oily residue. The crude product was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 15%-50% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound IB (73.3 g) as a pale yellow viscous oil.
IC. (2S,3/?)-N-tørt-Butyloxycarbonyl-3-benzoyloxy-2-pyrrolidine- carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000068_0001
To a stirred solution of compound IB (69.1 g, 0.282 mol), Ph3P (88.7 g, 0.338 mol) and benzoic acid (41.32 g, 0.338 mol) in anhydrous THF (1.35 L) cooled to 0 °C was added a solution of DEAD (62 mL, 0.33 mol) in anhydrous THF (50 mL) dropwise over 1 h through an addition funnel. After the addition, the resulting light yellow solution was stirred at rt until the reaction was complete (~ 8 h). The reaction mixture was then partitioned between EtOAc and aqueous NaHC03. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03, water (2x), brine, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a crude product as a semi-solid. The crude product was suspended in 25% EtOAc/hexane and stirred vigorously for 3 h. The resulting suspension was filtered and the collected white solid (triphenylphosphine oxide) rinsed with 20% EtOAc/hexane (2x). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an oily residue, which was triturated twice with 20% EtOAc/hexane as described above to yield approximately 150 g of the partially purified product as a yellow oil, which was further purified by flash chromatography (silica gel) eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/hexane to furnish pure compound IC (88.4 g) as a light yellow viscous oil. ID. (2S,3R)-N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-3-hydroxy-2-pyrrolidinecarboxyIic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000069_0001
To a solution of compound IC (88.44 g, 0.253 mol) in anhydrous MeOH (700 mL) cooled to 0 °C was slowly added a freshly prepared IN solution of KOH in anhydrous MeOH (367 mL, 0.367 mol) over 25 min through an addition funnel. After the addition, the light yellow solution was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h, and then the reaction was quenched by slow addition (over 25 min) of a solution of IN HC1 in dioxane/EtOAc (380 mL) through an addition funnel. The resulting white suspension was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of the solvent, and the remaining mixture was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic phase was washed with water (2x), saturated aqueous NaHC03 (2x), water, brine, and then dried (Na2S04). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a light yellow oily residue, which was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting first with 25-30% EtOAc/hexane, then 5% MeOH in 30% EtOAc/hexane to furnish compound ID (44.6 g) as a pale yellow oil.
IE. (25,3R)-3-Hydroxy-2-pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid methyl ester, trifluoroacetic acid salt
Figure imgf000069_0002
To a solution of compound ID (44.6 g, 0.182 mol) in CH2C12 (450 mL) cooled to 0 °C was slowly added TFA (275 mL) through an addition funnel over 40 min. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure to give a viscous oily residue which was evaporated with ether (2x), toluene (lx), ether (2x) and dried under vacuuum overnight to yield compound IE (59.5 g) as a light yellow solid.
IF. (2S,3-R)-3-Hydroxy-2-pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid methyl ester To a solution of compound IE (12.64 g, 48.8 mmol) in MeOH (150 mL) was added WA21 J resin (60 g). The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 1 h, and then filtered. The collected resin was rinsed with MeOH (2x) and combined filtrate concentrated carefully under reduced pressure to give compound IF (7.7 g) as a colorless oil. [<x]D= 14.9° (c. 1.0, MeOH); HPLC: 100% at 0.157 min (retention time) (Conditions: Phenom. Luna C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B; 4 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 ), Flow rate at 4 mL/min., UV detection at 220 nm); MS (ES) m/z 146 [M+l]+
Example 2
(7R a-S)-4-(7-Hvdroxy-1.3-dioxo-tetrahvdropyrrolon,2-c1imidazol-2-yl)- 5,6,7,8-tetrahvdronaphthalene-l-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000070_0001
2A. iV-(5,6,7,8-Tetrahydronaphthalen-l-yl)-acetamide
Figure imgf000070_0002
To a solution of commercially available 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- naphthylamine (2 g, 14 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) at rt was slowly added acetic anhydride (1.28 mL, 13.6 mmol). After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 5 min. The resulting suspension was filtered, the collected solid washed with hexane (5x) and dried under vacuum to furnish the title compound (2.5 g) as an off-white solid.
2B. N-(4-Bromo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-l-yl)-acetamide
Figure imgf000071_0001
To a solution of compound 2 A (2 g, 11 mmol) in AcOH (15 mL) cooled at 0 °C was added a solution of bromine (1.69 mL, 33 mmol) in AcOH (1.2 mL) slowly so that the reaction temperature was maintained below 17 °C. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt until all the starting material was consumed (~ 4 h). The reaction mixture was then poured into ice/water and the resulting suspension filtered. The collected solid was washed with H20 until the filtrate pH = 6-7, and dried in a vacuum oven at 50 °C overnight to yield compound 2B (2.7 g) as an off-white solid.
2C. N-(4-Cyano-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-l-yl)-acetamide
Figure imgf000071_0002
A suspension of compound 2B (1 g, 3.7 mmol) and CuCN (0.335 g, 0.374 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (8 mL) was refluxed for 5 h. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of the DMF and the remaining residue triturated with EtOAc (5x). The combined EtOAc was washed with water and brine, dried (Na2S04), and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness to yield compound 2C (0.8 g) as a yellow solid. 2D. 4-Amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-l-carbonitrile, hydrochloride salt
Figure imgf000072_0001
A suspension of 2C (0.40 g, 1.87 mmol) in a mixed solvent of EtOH (2 mL) and cone. HC1 (2 mL) was refluxed for 2 h. The resulting solution was allowed to cool to rt and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained solid was evaporated with toluene (2x) to yield compound 2D (0.25g) as a solid.
2E. 4-Isocyanato-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-l-carbonitrile
To a stirring suspension of comp Aound 2D' (0.10 g, 0.48 mmol) and NaHC03 (0.404 g, 4.80 mmol) in CH2C12 (4 mL) cooled to 0 °C was rapidly added a solution of phosgene (20%) in toluene (0.95 mL, 4.32 mmol). After addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, then filtered to remove the solid. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, the resulting solid residue dried under vacuum for 1 h to afford compound 2E (95 mg) as a light yellow solid.
2F. (7/?,7aS)-4-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-l-carbonitrile
To a suspension of compound IE (0.145 g, 0.56 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL) cooled at 0 °C was added -Pr2NEt (0.12 mL, 0.69 mmol). After stirring at 0 °C for 20 min, compound 2E (95 mg, 0.48 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 mL) solution was added, along with 4 A molecular sieves ( 0.5 g) and the resulting mixture stirred at rt until urea formation was complete (~ 2 h). To the mixture was then added DBU (0.15 mL, 1.0 mmol), the resulting brown colored suspension was stirred vigorously at rt until hydantoin formation was complete (~ 15 h). The reaction mixture was loaded on a silica gel column, eluted with 40% EtOAc/hexane, and 5 % MeOH in EtOAc/hexane ( 1 : 1 ) to afford 128 mg of the title compound as a white solid. HPLC: 99% at 2.42 min (retention time) (Conditions: Phenom. Luna C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B; 4 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 ), Flow rate at 4 mL/min., UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 9.01 min (99%); Conditions: (CHIRALPAK® OD column 4.6 x 250 mm; 25% isopropanol in hexane over 30 min at flow rate 1.0 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm); MS (ES) m/z 312 [M+l]+
Example 3
(7R,7a5)-7-(7-Hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolori,2-c1imidazol-2-yl)- indan-4-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000073_0001
3A. N-Indan-4-yl-acetamide
Figure imgf000073_0002
A suspension of commercially available 4-nitroindane (10 g, 61.3 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (1 g) in MeOH (200 mL) was stirred vigorously under an atmosphere of hydrogen overnight at rt. The reaction was filtered through a pad
(fi) of Celite and concentrated, and residual solvent was removed by combining the reaction with toluene followed by evaporation. The crude reaction was taken up in pyridine (100 mL), and Ac20 (20 mL) was added and the reaction stirred for 16 h at rt. The reaction was evaporated and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography (5% MeOH in EtOAc/hexane(l:l) to give the title compound (9.12 g).
3B. (7-R,7a5)-7-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- yl)indan-4-carbonitrile
Compound 3B as a white solid was prepared from compound 3A by procedures analogous to those described in Example 2. HPLC: 97% at 2.75 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S5 ODS (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B; 4 min gradient; (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 ); Flow rate at 4 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). LC/MS m/z 298 [M+l]+.
Example 4
(7/g,7a5)-4-(7-Hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-c1imidazol-2-yl)- 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-7-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000074_0001
4A. 4-Acetylamino-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-7-carboxylic acid amide
Figure imgf000074_0002
Ammonia gas was bubbled through a solution of 4-acetylamino-2,3- dihydro-benzofuran-7-carboxylic acid methyl ester (12 g, 51 mmol, prepared as described in Takuji Kakigami et al, Chem. Pharm. Bull, 46 (1), 42-52, (1998)) in CH3OH (200 mL) in a pressure bottle at 0-5 °C until the solution was saturated. The bottle was sealed and stirred at 60 °C overnight. After cooling to 0-5 °C, the reaction mixture was charged one more time with NH3 gas, then the sealed bottle stirred at 60 °C for another 24 h. After cooling to rt, white precipitates were collected by filtration, and dried under vacuum to furnish the title compound (10.5 g) as a white solid.
4B. N-(7-Cyano-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)-acetamide
Figure imgf000075_0001
To a suspension of compound 4A (3.5g, 16 mmol) in THF (64 mL) at 0 °C under Ar was added pyridine (6.5 mL, 80 mmol), followed by trifluoroacetic anhydride (5.6 mL, 40 mmol) dropwise. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 5 min, then pored into H20 (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined EtOAc extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was purified by crystallization from MeOH- EtOAc-Hexane to furnish the title compound (2.3 g) as a white solid.
4C. (7Λ,7aS)-4-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-7-carbonitrile
The title compound as a white solid was prepared from compound 4B by procedures analogous to those described in Example 2 (from 2D to 2F). HPLC: 100% at 3.43 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 ). Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm.). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 13.69 min (100%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 300 [M+l]+.
Example 5
(7 g,7a-S)-5-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrroIori..2-c1imidazol-2-yl)- chroman-8-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000076_0001
5A. 4-Acetylamino-2-hydroxy-3-(3-hydroxypropyl)-benzoic acid, methyl ester
Figure imgf000076_0002
To a suspension of 4-acetylamino-3-allyl-2-hydroxy-benzoic acid methyl ester (2.49 g, 10 mmol, prepared as described in Takuji Kakigami et. al, Chem. Pharm. Bull, 46 (1), 42-52, (1998)) in THF (10 mL) at 0 °C under Argon was added a 0.5 M solution of 9-BBN in THF (80 mL, 40 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 40 min, then at rt for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 °C, and 1 N aqueous NaOH (25 mL) was added dropwise over 5 min, followed by 30% aqueous H202 (20 mL) over 5 min. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, then extracted with EtOAc (3 x 60 mL). The combined EtOAc extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 30% to 80% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (1.82 g) as a foam.
5B. 5-Acetylaminochroman-8-carboxylic acid, methyl ester
Figure imgf000077_0001
To a solution of compound 5A (1.80 g, 6.7 mmol) and Ph3P (1.94 g, 7.4 mmol) in THF (30 mL) cooled at 0 °C was added dropwise DEAD (1.17 mL, 7.4 mmol). After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 50% to 100% EtOAc/hexane to furnish the title compound (1.3 g) as a white solid.
5C. (7_R,7aS)-5-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- yl)chroman-8-carbonitrile
The title compound was prepared from compound 5B and isolated as a white solid by procedures analogous to those described in Example 4. HPLC: 100% at 3.58 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 ). Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm.). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 12.35 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m z 314 [M+l]+. Example 6
(7/g a5)-5-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolori.2-climidazol-2-yl)-
2,2-dimethyl-2H-chromene-8-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000078_0001
6A. 2-(l,l-Dimethylprop-2-ynyloxy)-4-nitrobenzonitrile
Figure imgf000078_0002
To a solution of commercially available 2-methyl-3-butyn-2-ol (0.28 mL, 2.9 mmol) in anhydrous CH3CN (1.5 mL) cooled to -5 °C was added DBU (0.56 mL, 3.7 mmol) followed by addition of trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.41 mL, 2.9 mmol) over 25 min while maintaining the reaction temperature below 2 °C. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min before using in the following reaction.
To a solution of 2-hydroxy-4-nitro-benzonitrile (413.6 mg, 2.52 mmol, prepared as described in Yasubiro Imakura et al, Chem. Pharm. Bull, 40 (1), 1691-1696, (1992)) in CH3CN (1.5 mL) cooled to -5 °C was added DBU (0.48 mL, 3.2mmol) and CuCl2»2H20 (2 mg), followed by addition of a solution of trifluoroacetate prepared above over 30 min while maintaining the reaction temperature below 0 °C. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (100 mL) and water (30 mL), and the separated organic layer washed with 1 N aqueous HC1 (2 x 20 mL), 1 N aqueous NaOH (20 mL), 1 N aqueous NaHC03, brine, then dried (Na2S04), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 0% to 50% EtOAc/hexane to furnish the title compound (280 mg, 48%).
6B. 2,2-Dimethyl-5-nitro-2H-chromene-8-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000079_0001
A solution of compound 6A (270 mg, 1.17 mmol) in N,N-diethylaniline (1 mL) was heated to 185 °C for 3 h. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 0-50% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (230 mg).
6C. 5-Amino-2,2-dimethyl-2H-chromene-8-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000079_0002
To a stirred solution of compound 6B (230 mg, 1 mmol) in EtOAc (5 mL) was added SnCl2 2H20 (780 mg, 3.5 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 20 h, then saturated aqueous K2C03 was added. After stirring for 30 min, the reaction was treated with solid K2C03 (550 mg). The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for another 2 h, and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 20% to 60% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (160 mg) as a light yellow oil. 6D. (7-K,7aS)-5-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- yl)-2,2-dimethyl-2H-chromene-carbonitrile
The title compound was prepared from compound 6C by procedures analogous to those described in Example 2 (2E to 2F). HPLC: 100% at 4.48 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04). Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 9.37 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 340 [M+l]+.
Example 7
(7R a5)-5-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-c1imidazol-2-yl)- 2,2-dimethylchroman-8-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000080_0001
A suspension of compound 6D (50 mg, 0.15 mmol) and 5% Pd/C (10 mg) in EtOH (3 mL) was stirred at rt under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then filtered, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was purified by crystallization from hot CH2Cl2-hexane to give the title compound (36 mg) as a white solid. HPLC: 99% at 4.52 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1 % H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1 % H3P04 ). Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm.). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 8.72 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 342 [M+l]+.
Example 8
(7-R.7a5)-8-(7-Hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolon.2-c1imidazol-2- yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzori,41dioxane-5-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000081_0001
8A. 3-Nitrocatechol
Figure imgf000081_0002
To a solution of catechol (5 g, 45 mmol) in Et20 (187 mL) cooled to 0 °C was added dropwise fuming HN03 (2 mL). After addition, the reaction was allowed to stand at rt overnight, and the Et20 was removed by evaporation under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with pentane (3x), and the combined organics were dried (Na2S0 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 10% - 20% EtOAc/hexane to give the title compound (2.94 g).
8B. 5-Nitrobenzo[l,4]dioxane
Figure imgf000081_0003
To a solution of compound 8A (3.0 g, 19.4 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added CsF (14.7 g, 96.8 mmol), followed by dibromoethane (1.84 mL, 21.3 mmol). The mixture was heated to 110 °C for 1.5 h, then cooled to rt, partitioned between water and Et20. The separated Et20 layer was washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHC03, brine, dried (Na2S0 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 5% MeOH in CH2C12 to afford the title compound (0.73 g).
8C. N-(Benzo[l,4]dioxan-5-yl)-acetamide
Figure imgf000082_0001
Compound 8C was prepared from 8B by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 3 A and 2 A.
8D. N-(8-Bromobenzo[l,4]dioxan-5-yl)-acetamide
Figure imgf000082_0002
To a solution of compound 8C (0.80 g, 4.15 mmol) in chloroform (2.4 mL) cooled to -20 °C was slowly added a solution of bromine (0.22 mL, 4.35 mmol) in chloroform (1 mL) so that the reaction temperature was maintained below -10 °C. The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 5 min, and then quenched immediately with water. The mixture was extracted with CH2C12 (3x), the combined extracts washed with saturated NaHC03, brine, dried (Na2S0 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with CH2C12 to afford the title compound (0.98 g).
8E. (7 ?,7a5)-8-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- yl)benzo[l,4]dioxane-5-carbonitrile The title compound (32 mg) was prepared from compound 8D and isolated as a white solid by procedures analogous to those described in Example 2 (2C to 2F). mpl96-197 °C; HPLC: 99% at 12.31 min (retention time) (CHIRALPAK® OD column 4.6 x 250 mm; 25% isopropanol in hexane over 30 min, 1 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm); MS (ES) m/z 322 [M+l]+.
Example 9
(7-R,7a5)-7-(7-Hvdroxy-l<3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-c1imidazol-2-yl)-3- methyl-3H-benzimidazole-4-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000083_0001
9A. l-Methyl-lH-benzimidazoI-4-yIamine
Figure imgf000083_0002
A suspension of l-methyl-4-nitro-lH-benzimidazole [2.1 g, 12 mmol, prepared as described in Viktor Milata et. al, Org. Prep. Proced. Int. 25 (6), 703-704 (1993)] and 5% Pd/C (0.21 g) in EtOH (40 mL) was vigorously stirred under an atmoshphere of hydrogen at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the tiltle compound ( 1.65 g). 9B. 7-Amino-3-methyl-3H-benzimidazole-4-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000084_0001
The title compound was prepared from compound 9A by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2 (2 A to 2D).
9C. 7-Isocyanato-3-methyl-3H-benzimidazole-4-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000084_0002
To a suspension of compound 9B (240 mg, 1.39 mmol) in CH2C12 (10 mL) under Argon was added Et3N (0.97 mL, 6.95 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min, then a solution of phosgene (20%) in toluene (1.4 mL, 2.8 mmol) was added. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid residue was dried under vacuum for 1 h to afford the title compound, which was used immediately in the preparation of compound 9D.
9D. (3-R,2a5)-l-(7-Cyano-l-methyl-lH-benzimidazol-4-ylcarbamoyI)-3- hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000085_0001
To a suspension of IE (600 mg, 1.67 mmol) in CH2C12 (4 mL) at 0 °C was added -'-Pr2NEt (0.35 mL, 2.0 mmol). After 5 min, a suspension of compound 9C (1.37 mmol) in CH2C12 (3 mL) was added, followed by 4 A molecular sieves (~ 1.0 g). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 4-6% MeOH in CH C12 to afford the title compound (250 mg) as a light yellow solid.
9E. (7Λ,7a5)-7-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- yl)-3-methyl-3H-benzoimidazole-4-carbonitrile
To a suspension of compound 9D (51.5 mg, 0.15 mmol) in 1,2- dichloroethane (1 mL) at rt was added DBU (34 μL, 0.23 mmol), along with 4 A molecular sieves (~ 0.2 g). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 20 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 4-6% MeOH in CH2C12 to give the title compound (25 mg) as a white solid. HPLC: 98% at 2.52 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1 % H3P04 ); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm.). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 62.5 min (98%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 45% isopropanol in hexane for 90 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) /z 312 [M+l]+. Example 10
4-(7-Hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdro-pyrrolori,2-climidazoI-2-yl)-2- methylbenzofuran-7-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000086_0001
10A. 2-Allyloxy-4-nitrobenzonitrile
Figure imgf000086_0002
To a solution of 2-hydroxy-4-nitro-benzonitrile [164 mg, 1.0 mmol, prepared as described in Yasubiro Imakura et. al Chem. Pharm. Bull. 40 (7), 1691-1696 (1992)] in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) was added allyl bromide (0.11 mL, 1.3 mmol), followed by K2C03 (166 mg, 1.2 mmol). The resulting suspension was heated to 50 °C under Argon for 4 h. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was poured into ice/water, and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined EtOAc extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 30% to 60% EtOAc/hexane to furnish the title compound (160 mg, 80% yield) as a light yellow solid.
10B. 2-Allyloxy-4-aminobenzonitrile
Figure imgf000086_0003
The title compound (1.70 g) as a light yellow solid was prepared from compound 10A (2.04 g, 10 mmol) by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 6C.
IOC. N-(3-Allyloxy-4-cyanophenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropionamide
Figure imgf000087_0001
To a solution of 10B (1.9 g, 10.9 mmol) in anhydrous CH2C12 (16 mL) cooled at 0 °C was added 1 N aqueous NaOH solution (16.4 mL, 16.4 mmol), followed by pivaloyl chloride (1.9 mL, 15.3 mmol). After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of the CH2C12 solvent. The remaining residue was diluted with water, and the resulting precipitate collected by filtration, washed with water, hexane, and dried under vacuum to furnish the title compound as a light brown solid (2.6 g).
10D. N-(2-Allyl-4-cyano-3-hydroxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropionamide
Figure imgf000087_0002
A solution of compound 10C (1.5 g, 5.8 mmol) in NMP (7 mL) was heated to 220 °C for 3 h. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was poured into ice/water, and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined EtOAc extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2S0 ), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 0% to 50% EtOAc/hexane to furnish the title compound (0.7 g).
10E. N-(7-Cyano-2-methyl-benzofuran-4-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropionamide
Figure imgf000088_0001
To a solution of compound 10D (0.5 g, 1.94 mmol) in a mixed solvent of DMF (2.5 mL) and water (1.9 mL) was added Cu(OAc)2 (1.057 g, 5.82 mmol), followed by a 10 M aqueous solution of LiCl (0.58 mL, 5.8 mmol) and PdCl2 (34.3 mg, 0.194 mmol). The resulting suspension was heated to 100 °C for 1 h. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was poured into ice/water, and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined EtOAc extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 10% to 50% EtOAc/hexane to furnish the title compound (0.3 g) as a white foam.
10F. (7R,7aS)-4-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- yl)-2-methylbenzofuran-7-carbonitrile
The title compound was prepared from compound 10E by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2 (2D to 2F). HPLC: 99% at 4.2 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 10.99 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m z 312 [M+l]+. Example 11
(7R.7a-S)-4-(7-Hvdroxy-1.3-dioxotetrahvdropyrroIon-2-c1imidazol-2- yl)-2-methylbenzoxazole-7-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000089_0001
11A. 3-Amino-2-hydroxy-4-nitro-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000089_0002
To a solution of 2-hydroxy-4-nitro-benzonitrile [1.0 g, 6.1 mmol, prepared as described in Yasubiro Imakura et. al. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 40 (7), 1691-1696 (1992)] in DMSO (60 mL) was added trimethylhydrazinium iodide (1.23 g, 6.09 mmol), followed by sodium tert-pentoxide (2.01 g, 6.09 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt overnight, and then partitioned between 10% HCl and ether. The separated ether layer was washed with H20, brine, dried (Na2S04), and concentrated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (0.78 g) as a brown solid.
11B. 2-Methyl-4-nitro-benzoxazole-7-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000089_0003
To a solution of 11A (0.2 g, 1.12 mmol) in xylene (6 mL) was added triethyl orthoacetate (0.62 mL, 3.35 mmol) and pyridinium -toluenesulfonate (0.04 g, 1.12 mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 3 h, then allowed to cool to rt and partitioned between H20 and EtOAc. The separated EtOAc layer was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was chromatographed eluting with 20% EtOAc in hexane to afford compound 11B (0.16 g) as a solid.
11C. 4-Amino-2-methylbenzoxazole-7-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000090_0001
To a solution of 11B (0.16 g, 0.79 mmol) in EtOAc (2 mL) was added iron powder (0.1 g), followed by 10% aqueous AcOH (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 2 h, then allowed to cool to rt and partitioned between saturated NaHC03 and EtOAc. The separated EtOAc layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.14 g) as a solid.
11D. (7 ?,7aS)-4-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydro-pyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol- 2-yl)-2-methylbenzoxazole-7-carbonitriIe
The title compound was prepared from 11C by procedures analogous to those described in Example 2 (2E to 2F) to give the product as a white foam. HPLC: 99% pure at 10.55 min (retention time) (CHIRALPAK® OD column 4.6 x 250 mm; 25% isopropanol in hexane over 30 min, 1 mL/min, monitoring at 220 nm); MS (ES) m/z 313 [M+l]+.
Example 12 (7-R.7a5)-5-(7-Hvdroxy-1.3-dioxotetrahvdropyrroIon.2-c1imidazol-2- yl)quinoline-8-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000091_0001
12A. 8-Methyl-5-nitroquinoline
Figure imgf000091_0002
To a solution of commercially available 8-methylquinoline (5.0 g, 34 mmol) in concentrated H2S04 (19 mL) at 0 °C was added portionwise KN03 (4.29 g, 42.4 mmol). After the addition, the reaction was stirred at rt for 17 h, then poured into ice/water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The aqueous layer was basified to pH = 9 with solid Na2C03 and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) to yield the title compound (5.98 g, 94%) as a light yellow solid. LC/MS m/z 189 [M+H]+.
12B. 5-Nitroquinoline-8-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000091_0003
Compound 12A (1.0 g, 5.3 mmol) was dissolved in concentrated H2S04 (7 mL), cooled to 0 °C, and then Cr03 (2.12 g, 21.3 mmol) was added portionwise over 30 min. After the addition, the reaction mixture was warmed to rt and then heated to 80 °C for 1 h. After cooling to it, the reaction was diluted with water, basified with 15% aqueous NaOH, then reacidified to pH = 3 with AcOH, and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL). The combined EtOAc extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the title compound (760 mg, 66%) as a yellow solid. LC/MS m/z 219 [M+H]+.
12C. 5-Nitroquinoline-8-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000092_0001
To a suspension of compound 12B (600 mg, 2.75 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL) cooled to -15 °C was added Et3N (0.46 mL, 3.3 mmol), followed by a dropwise addition of ethyl chloroformate (0.33 mL, 3.44 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at -15 °C for 30 min, then NH3 gas was bubbled into the reaction for 5 min followed by warming of the reaction to rt for lh. The solvent was evaporated to give 850 mg (>100%) of the amide as a yellow solid which was carried on to the next step without further purification. The amide (850 mg) was dissolved in pyridine (25 mL), and imidazole (377 mg, 5.49 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled to -30 °C under nitrogen, POCl3 (1.01 mL, 10.7 mmol) was added and the reaction was warmed to 0 °C for 30 min, and then evaporated to dryness. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with CH2C12 to afford the title compound (416 mg, 76%, 2 steps). LC/MS m/z 200 [M+H]+.
12D. (7-R,7aS)-5-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazoI-2- yl)-quinoline-8-carbonitrile The title compound was synthesized from compound 12C by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 3A and Experiment 2 (2E to 2F). 99.8% at 2.05 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S5 ODS (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B; 4 min gradient; (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1 % H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1 % H3P04 ); Flow rate at 4 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). LC/MS m/z 309 [M+H]+.
Example 13 (7/g,7a5)-4-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrroIori,2-c1imidazol-2- vDisoq uinoline- 1 -carbonitrile
Figure imgf000093_0001
13A. 4-Bromoisoquinoline 2-oxide
Figure imgf000093_0002
A solution of 4-bromoisoquinoline (4.16 g, 18.6 mmol) in chloroform (100 mL) was added dropwise over 1 h to a solution of 70% mCPBA (12.4 g, 50.3 mmol) in chloroform (100 mL) at rt. After stirring 18 h, the reaction mixture was washed with 1 N NaOH (2 x 150 mL), dried (MgS0 ) and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 13A (4.23 g, 94%) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR(400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.70 (m, 3H).
13B. 4-Bromoisoquinoline-l-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000094_0001
DBU (1.67 mL, 11.2 mmol) was added to a mixture of compound 13A (1.12 g, 5.00 mmol) and cyanotrimethylsilane (0.75 mL, 5.5 mmol) in THF (35 mL). The resulting homogeneous mixture was refluxed for 20 min. After concentrating under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash chromatography on a 5 x 15 cm silica gel column, eluting with 3:1 hexane:EtOAc to give compound 13B (0.95 g, 82%) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.36 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.28 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.96 (t, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.89 (t, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz).
13C. 4-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzylamino)isoquinoline-l-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000094_0002
A mixture of compound 13B (699 mg, 3.00 mmol) and 2,4- dimethoxybenzylamine (4.8 mL, 30 mmol) in acetonitrile (15 mL) was refluxed for 16 h. After concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was purified on a 5 x 15 cm silica gel column, eluting with 3:2 hexane:EtOAc to afford compound 13C (290 mg, 30%) as a light yellow solid. HPLC: 1.76 min (retention time) (Phenomenex C-18, 5 micron column, 4.6 x 30 mm, eluting with 10-90% aqueous MeOH over 2 min containing 0.1% TFA, 4 mL/min, monitoring at 254 nm).
13D.4-Aminoisoquinoline-l-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000094_0003
Compound 13C (50 mg, 0.16 mmol) was treated with TFA (0.5 mL) for 1 h. The highly colored mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (30 mL) and 1 N NaOH (30 mL). After washing with brine (15 mL), the organic layer was dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 13D (24 mg, 92%) as a yellow solid. HPLC: 99% at 1.09 min (retention time) (Phenomenex C-18, 5 micron column, 4.6 x 30 mm, eluting with 10-90% aqueous MeOH over 2 min containing 0.1 % TFA, 4 mL/min, monitoring at 254 nm). MS (ES+) m/z 170 [M+H]+.
13E. (7_R,7aS)-4-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrroIo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- y l)isoquinoline- 1 -carbonitrile
The title compound was synthesized from compound 13D by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2E to 2F. HPLC: 97.6% at 1.54 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S5 C-18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B; 4 min gradient; (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeCN - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeCN - 0.1% TFA ); Flow rate at 4 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). LC/MS m/z 309 [M+H]+.
Example 14
(7-R a5)-3-Chloro-4-(7-hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrroIori.2- c1imidazol-2-yl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile
Figure imgf000095_0001
14A. 3-Amino-2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzonitrile
Figure imgf000096_0001
To a stirring suspension of 11A (0.34 g, 1.86 mmol) and K2C03 (0.283 g, 2.05 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added iodomethane (0.127 mL, 2.05 mmol). After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h, then partitioned between H20 and CH2C12. The separated CH2C12 layer was washed with water, brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 5% to 40% EtOAc/hexane to yield the title compound (0.22 g) as a solid.
14B. 3-Chloro-2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzonitrile
Figure imgf000096_0002
To a suspension of CuCl2 (0.11 g, 0.78 mmol) in CH3CN (2 mL) at rt was added tert-butyl nitrite (0.1 mL, 0.84 mmol). After addition, the mixture was heated to 65 °C while a solution of 14A (0.125 g, 0.647 mmol) in CH3CN (3 mL) was slowly added. After stirring at 65 °C for 1 h, the mixture was allowed to cool to rt, and then partitioned between H20 and CH2C12. The CH2C12 layer was washed with water, brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 5% to 60% EtOAc/hexane to yield the title compound (0.085 g)-
14C. 4-Amino-3-chloro-2-methoxybenzonitrile
Figure imgf000097_0001
The title compound was prepared from compound 14B in a manner similar to that described in Experiment 1 IC.
14D. (7Λ,7a5)-3-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2- c]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile
The title compound was prepared from 14C by procedures analogous to those described in Example 2E to 2F. HPLC: 99% pure at 13.64 min (retention time) (CHIRALPAK® OD column 4.6 x 250 mm; 25% isopropanol in hexane over 30 min, 1 mL/min, monitoring at 220 nm); MS (ES) m z 316 [M+l]+.
Example 15
(7R,7a5)-5-(7-Hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-c1imidazol-2-vI)-2- methoxy-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000097_0002
The title compound was prepared from commercially available 2- methyl-3-nitroanisole by procedures analogous to those described in Example 3A and Example 2. HPLC: 100% at 3.63 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 ); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 9.76 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m z 302 [M+l]+.
Example 16
(7R,7a5)-2-Hydroxy-4-(7-Hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolon.2-c1 imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000098_0001
To compound 14 (90 mg, 0.3 mmol) in a 5-mL round bottom flask at 0 °C was added a 1.0 M solution of BBr3 in CH2C12 (1 mL, 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min, then at rt for additional 30 min. After cooling at 0 °C, MeOH (3 mL) was added, the reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 0% to 5% MeOH in CH2C12 to yield the title compound (12 mg). HPLC: 98% at 2.83 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 16.13 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 288 [M+lf.
Example 17 (7-R.7a5)-4-(7-Hydroxy-1.3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolon .2-c1imidazol-2-vn-3- methoxy-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
HO H O
G ,- -cN
O OMe CF3
17A. 2-Nitro-6-(trifluoromethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000099_0001
To a solution of commercially available 2-trifluoromethylphenol (2.5 g, 15.42 mmol) in AcOH (3 mL) cooled to 0 °C was added dropwise concentrated HN03 (1.5 mL). After the addition, the mixture was stirred at at 0 °C for 5 min, at rt for 10 min, then poured into ice/water, and extracted with ether (3x). The combined ether extracts were washed with water, brine, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 0% to 10% EtOAc/hexane to yield the title compound (1.4 g, 44% yield).
17B. 2-Nitro-6-(trifluoromethyl)anisole
Figure imgf000099_0002
To a suspension of compound 17A (1.4 g, 6.76 mmol) and K2C03 (1.4 g, 10 mmol) in DMF (60 mL) was added iodomethane (0.46 mL, 7.44 mmol). After the addition, the mixture was stirred at 40 °C overnight, then cooled to rt, partitioned between ether and water. The separated ether layer was washed with water and brine, then dried (Na2S04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 10% EtOAc/hexane to yield the title compound (1.38 g, 92% yield).
17C. 2-Methoxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline
Figure imgf000100_0001
The title compound (980 mg) was prepared from compound 17B in a manner similar to that described in Experiment 11C.
17D. 4-Bromo-2-methoxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline
Figure imgf000100_0002
To a solution of compound 17C (200 mg, 1.05 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL) cooled to -20 °C was added dropwise a solution of 2,4,4,6-tetrabromo-2,5- cyclohexadienone (429 mg, 1.05 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL). After the addition, the reaction was stirred at rt overnight, then additional amount of 2,4,4,6- tetrabromo-2,5 -cyclohexadienone (429 mg, 1.05 mmol) was added. The reaction was continued for 2 more days, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 10%-20% EtOAc/hexane to yield the title compound (47mg, 16% yield).
17E. N-(4-Bromo-2-methoxy-3-(trifluoromethylphenyl)acetamide
Figure imgf000101_0001
The title compound (237 mg) was prepared from compound 17D in a manner similar to that described in Experiment 2A.
17F. (7-R,7a5)-4-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- yl)-3-methoxy-2-trifluoromethylbenzonitrile
The title compound (55 mg) was prepared from 17E by procedures analogous to those described in Example 2 (2C to 2F). HPLC: 99% at 2.25 min (retention time) (Conditions: Phenom. Lura C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 4 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4.0 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm.). Chiral HPLC: 99% pure at 8.98 min (retention time) (CHIRALPAK® OD column 4.6 x 250 mm; 30% isopropanol in hexane over 30 min, 1 mL/min, monitoring at 220 nm); MS (ES) m/z 356 [M+l]+.
Example 18
(7-R a5)-4-(7-Hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolon,2-c1imidazol-2-yl)-3- methyl-2-trifluoromethylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000101_0002
18A. N-(4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropionamide
Figure imgf000102_0001
To a solution of commercially available 4-chloro-3- (trifluoromethyl)aniline (15.0 g, 76.7 mmol) in anhydrous THF (200 mL) cooled to 0-5 °C was added triethylamine (11.7 mL, 84.4 mmol) followed by pivaloyl chloride (10.4 mL, 84.4 mmol) over 30 min. The ice bath was removed and the mixture stirred at rt for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with ether and filtered. The filtrate was washed with water (2x) and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. The residue was triturated with hexanes and the solid was filtered and dried under vacuum to afford compound 18 A (20.4 g, 95%); MS (ES) m/z 280 [M+l]+.
18B. N-(4-Chloro-2-methyl-3-trifluoromethyIphenyl)-2,2-dimethyl- propionamide
Figure imgf000102_0002
To a solution of compound 18A (2.29 g, 8.19 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL) cooled to 0-5 °C was added a solution of 1.6 M n-butyllithium in hexanes (12.3 mL, 19.7 mmol) slowly, so that the reaction temperature was maintained below 5 °C. The solution was stirred at 0-5 °C for 1.5 h. A solution of iodomethane (0.56 mL, 9.01 mmol) in petroleum ether (2 mL) was then added over 20 min while maintaining the temperature below 5 °C. The suspension was stirred at 0-5 °C for 1 h and diluted with water and ether. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether and the combined organic layers washed with brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel), eluting with CH2C1 to afford the title compound (1.60 g, 67%). MS (ES) m/z 294 [M+l]+.
18C. N-(4-Cyano-2-methyl-3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-2,2-dimethyl- propionamide
Figure imgf000103_0001
A suspension of compound 18B (8.36 g, 28.5 mmol) and CuCN (4.33 g, 65.5 mmol) in anhydrous N-methylpyrrolidinone (85 mL) was refluxed for 38 h. After cooling to rt, the suspension was poured into ice/water with stirring. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried to yield an 85:15 mixture (7.55 g) of compounds 18C and 18D.
18D. 4-Amino-3-methyl-2-trifluoromethylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000103_0002
A solution of the mixed product from 18C (7.53 g, 26.5 mmol) in 120 mL of concentrated HCl EtOH (1:1) was refluxed for 14 h. After cooling to rt, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous ΝaHC03 (2x) and brine (lx), dried (MgS0 ), filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel), eluting with chloroform/MeOH (98:2) to furnish the title compound (4.62 g, 87%). MS (ES) m/z 201 [M+l]+.
18E. 4-Isocyanato-3-methyl-2-trifluoromethylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000104_0001
The title compound was prepared from 18D in a manner similar to that described in Experiment 2E.
18F. (7-R,7a5)-4-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- yl)-3-methyl-2-trifluoromethylbenzonitrile
The title compound was prepared (3.0 g, 53% yield) by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2 F. HPLC: 98% at 2.33, 2.58 min (retention time) (Conditions: Phenom. Lura C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 4 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4.0 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm.). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 9.71 min (98%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 340 [M+l]+.
Example 19 (75 aR)-4-(7-Hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori.2-c]imidazol-2-yl)-3- methyl-2-trifluoromethylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000104_0002
To a stirring solution of compound 1A (182 mg, 1 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added WA21J resin (1 g) in one portion. The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 30 min, then filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give the corresponding free amine as a colorless oil. To a solution of the amine in CH2C12 (2 mL) was added a solution of 18E (0.7 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL), followed by 4 A molecular sieves ( 0.5 g ). The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 20 h, and then DBU (0.2 mL, 1.5 mmol) was added. After stirring at rt for 3 days, the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, water, brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel), eluting with 5% MeOH in EtOAc/hexane (1 : 1) to afford the title compound (45 mg) as a white solid. HPLC: 100% at 4.32, 4.89 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm.). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 14.11 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 340 [M+l]+.
Example 20
(7R aS)-2-Bromo-4-(7-hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolori,2- c]imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000105_0001
20A. 4-Amino-2-bromo-3-methylbenzaldehyde
Figure imgf000105_0002
To a solution of commercially available 3-bromo-2-methyl-phenylamine (1.86 g, 10 mmol) in DMSO (200 mL) was added concentrated HCl (10 mL), followed by CuCl2 (2.7 g, 20 mmol). The resulting suspension was heated to 90 °C for 6 h. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was poured into ice/water (600 mL) and adjusted to pH = 8 by dropwise addition of 10% aqueous NaOH. The resulting greenish suspension was filtered through a pad of Celite®, and the filtrate extracted with ether (3x). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel), eluting with 30-70% EtOAc/hexane to furnish the title compound (0.67 g, 31%).
20B. 4-Amino-2-bromo-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000106_0001
To a solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (109 mg, 1.58 mmol) in H20 (0.37 mL) was added compound 18A (321 mg, 1.5 mmol), followed by pyridine (0.75 mL). The reaction was stirred at rt for 1 h, then CuS0 (75 mg, 0.3 mmol) was added, followed by Et3N (0.44 mL, 3.2 mmol) and a solution of DCC (371 mg, 1.8 mmol) in CH2C12 (3 mL). After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt until the oxime was consumed (1 h). The reaction was then treated with formic acid (0.26 mL) and stirred at rt for another 10 min to consume the excess DCC. The reaction was filtered through a pad of Celite®, and the filtrate partitioned between CH2C12 and saturated aqueous NaHC03. The separated organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel), eluting with 10-50% EtOAc/hexane to furnish the title compound (260 mg, 83%).
10,5 20C. (7R,7a-S)-2-Bromo-4-(7-hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2- c]imidazoI-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
The title compound was prepared from 18B by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2E and 2F. HPLC: 99% at 3.99, 4.53 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 15.4 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) /z 351 [M+l]+.
Example 21
(7R a5)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2- c1imidazol-2-yI)-3,6-dimethylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000107_0001
21A. l-Chloro-2,5-dimethyl-3-nitrobenzene
Figure imgf000107_0002
To a solution of commercially available 2-chloro-l,4-dimethylbenzene (5 mL, 37 mmol) in concentrated H2S04 (5 mL) cooled to 0-5 °C was added dropwise concentrated HN03 (4.7 mL, 74.6 mmol) over 20 min. After the addition, the reaction was stirred at 0-5 °C for 30 min, then poured carefully into a mixture of ice and saturated aqueous K2C03 solution (40 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined EtOAc extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel), eluting with 10-30% EtOAc/hexane to give a mixture of the title compound and its regioisomer (l-chloro-2,5- dimethyl-4-nitrobenzene) (3.0 g). The mixture was further chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 10% CH2C12 in hexane to afford pure compound 19A (0.2 g).
21B. 3-Chloro-2,5-dimethylaniline
Figure imgf000108_0001
The title compound (1.70 g) was prepared from 21A (2.15 g, 11.6 mmol) in a manner similar to that described in Experiment 6C.
21C. 4-Bromo-3-chloro-2,5-dimethylaniline
Figure imgf000108_0002
To a solution of compound 21B (1.56 g, 10 mmol) in CHC13 (30 mL) cooled to 0-5 °C was added portionwise tetrabutylammonium tribromide (434 mg, 9.0 mmol). After addition, the reaction was stirred at 0-5 °C for 5 min, then quenched with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (30 mL) and 5% aqueous Na2S203 (30 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 10 min, then extracted with CH2C12 (3x). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel), eluting with 20-60% EtOAc/hexane to give the title compound (0.75 g, 32% yield).
21D. N-(4-Bromo-3-chloro-2,5-dimethylphenyl)acetamide
Figure imgf000109_0001
The title compound (0.82 g) was prepared from 21C (0.74 g, 3.17 mmol) in a manner similar to that described in Experiment 2 A.
21E. (7/f,7a5)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2c] imidazol-2-yl)-3,6-dimethyIbenzonitrile
The title compound (30 mg) as a white solid was prepared by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2C to 2F. HPLC: 99% at 4.50, 4.87 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 12.07 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) /z 320 [M+l]+.
Example 22
(7-R,7aS)-2-(4-Bromo-3-chloro-2-methylphenyl)-7-hydroxytetrahydro- pyrrolori,2-c1imidazole-l,3-dione
Figure imgf000110_0001
22A. N-(4-Bromo-3-chloro-2-methylphenyl)acetamide
Figure imgf000110_0002
The title compound was prepared (2.75 g, 96% yield) from commercially available 3-chloro-2-methylaniline by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2A and 2B.
22B. 4-Bromo-3-chIoro-2-methylaniline
Figure imgf000110_0003
The title compound was prepared (0.70 g, 83% yield) from 22A in a manner similar to that described in Experiment 2D.
22C. (7R,7aS)-2-(4-Bromo-3-chloro-2-methylρhenyl)-7-hydroxy- tetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazole-l,3-dione The title compound was prepared (0.71 g, 88% yield) by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2E and 2F. HPLC: 99% at 2.78, 2.95 min (retention time) (Conditions: Phenom. Lura C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 4 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4.0 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 7.17 min (92%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min MS (ES) m/z 360 [M+l]+.
Example 23
(7-K,7aS)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2- c]imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000111_0001
23 A. 3-Chloro-2-methylphenyIacetamide
Figure imgf000111_0002
To a solution of 3-chloro-2-methylaniline (3.00 g, 21.2 mmol) in 25 mL of EtOH at rt was added acetic anhydride (2.40 mL, 25.4 mmol), and the solution was stirred at rt for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 3.89 g (100%) of the desired acetamide. 1H NMR (DMSO- ) δ 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 7.16 (t, J = 1.1, 8.3, 1H), 7.25 (d, J = 8.3, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.3, 1H), 9.55 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (DMSO- ) δ 15.1, 23.1, 124.4, 125.8, 126.7, 130.3, 133.7, 138.0, 168.3; HPLC a) column: Phenominex ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA; 1 min hold, 4 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm, 2.32 min retention time; HPLC b) column: Shimadzu Shim-Pack VP-ODS CI 8 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA, 1 min hold; 4 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 2.20 min retention time (99%); MS (ES) m/z 184 [M+H]+.
no 23B. 4-Bromo-3-chloro-2-methylphenylacetamide
Figure imgf000112_0001
To a suspension of acetamide 23A (2.00 g, 10.9 mmol) in 15 mL of glacial AcOH cooled to approximately 15 °C was added bromine (1.67 mL, 32.7 mmol) over 20 min. The ice bath was removed and the solution was stirred for
2 h, poured into ice water with stirring, and the solid was then filtered and dried to give 2.75 g (96%) of the desired bromide. 1H NMR (DMSO-_i6) δ 2.05 (s,
3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.3, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.8, 1H), 9.60 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (DMSO--i6) δ 16.7, 23.1, 118.1, 125.5, 130.4, 132.7, 133.4, 137.1, 168.4;
HPLC a) column: Phenominex ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10%
MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1 % TFA, 1 min hold,
4 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 2.95 min retention time; HPLC b) column:
Shimadzu Shim-Pack VP-ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA, 1 min hold,
4 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 2.87 min retention time (98%); MS (ES) m/z 263 [M+H]+.
23C. 3-Chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenylacetamide
Figure imgf000112_0002
A suspension of bromide 23B (2.70 g, 10.3 mmol) and copper cyanide (0.92 g,
10.3 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was heated to 150 °C for 4 h. The suspension was cooled, poured into water with stirring, and the solid was filtered and dried to give 1.44 g (67%) of the desired nitrile. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 2.12 (s, 3H),
i n 2.29 (s, 3H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.8, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.2, 1H), 9.73 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (DMSO- ) δ 15.3, 23.5, 107.7, 116.5, 123.0, 130.1, 131.5, 135.7, 142.3, 168.8; HPLC a) column: Phenominex ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA, 1 min hold, 4 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 2.23 min retention time; HPLC b) column: Shimadzu Shim-Pack VP-ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA, 1 min hold, 4 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 2.13 min retention time (95%); MS (ES) m/z 209 [M+H]+.
23D. 3-Chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenylaniline
Figure imgf000113_0001
A solution of cyanoacetamide 23C (9.90 g, 47.4 mmol) in 100 mL of concentrated HCl EtOH (1 :1) was refluxed 30 min. The solution was then concentrated and dried under reduced pressure to give 9.41 g (98%) of the desired aniline as the hydrochloride salt. The free base of the aniline was obtained by suspending the salt in EtOAc and washing with saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution. The organic layer was then dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Η NMR (OMSO-dβ) δ 2.12 (s, 3H), 6.30 (s, 2H), 6.61 (d, J = 8.23, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.23, 1H); 13C NMR DMSO-d6) δ 13.8, 96.9, 112.1, 118.3, 118.85, 132.2, 135.6, 152.5; HPLC a) column: Phenominex ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA, 1 min hold, 4 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 2.43 min retention time; HPLC b):column: Shimadzu Shim-Pack VP-ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA, 1 min hold, 4 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 2.31 min retention time (99%); MS (ES) m/z 167 [M+H]+.
23E. 2-Chloro-4-isocyanato-3-methylbenzonitriIe
5
Figure imgf000114_0001
The title compound was prepared from compound 23D in a manner similar to that described in Experiments 2D to 2E.
l o 23F. (2S,3-R)-l-(3-Chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenylcarbamoyl)-3-hydroxy- pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000114_0002
To a solution of hydroxyproline compound IF (493 mg, 3.40 mmol) in CH2C12
15 (15 mL) was added 4 A molecular sieves (~ 3.0 g), followed by isocyanate 23E (725 mg, 3.22 mmol), and the resulting mixture was stirred at rt overnight, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0.5% MeOH in EtOAc/hexane, 1: 1) to afford the title compound (736 mg) as an off-white solid. HPLC column: YMC S-5 0 C18 (4.6 x 50 mm), 0% to 100% B, 4 min gradient, 1 min hold (A = 90% H20 - 10% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA), flow rate at 4 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 1.57 min retention time (100%); MS (ES) m/z 338 [M+H]+. 23G. (7-R,7a5)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrroIo[l,2- c]imidazoI-2-yl)-3-methyIbenzonitrile.
Figure imgf000115_0001
To a suspension of cz's-3-hydroxyproline methyl ester, HCl salt (4.91 g, 27 mmol) in CH2C12 (100 mL) cooled to 0 °C was added -Pr2NEt (4.79 mL, 27.5 mmol). After stirring at rt for 15 min, isocyanate 23E was added as a solid in one portion through a powder addition funnel, rinsing with 50 mL CH2C12. The resulting light brown solution was stirred at rt until urea formation was complete (~ 2 h). To the mixture was then added DBU (4.6 mL, 30 mmol), and the resulting brown colored solution was stirred at rt until hydantoin formation was complete (~ 15 h). The product (4.72 g, 62%) was collected by filtration and washing with CH2C12 (2x). The mother liquor was then diluted with CH2C12 and washed with H20 (2x), 1 N HCl (2x) and brine. After removal of most of the solvent under reduced pressure, further product (1.2 g, 16%) was collected by filtration and washing with CH2C12 (2x). Recrystallization of the 4.72 g of crude product from hot THF and hexane gave 4.5 g of analytically pure product. 1H NMR (DMSO- ) δ 2.05-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.20, 2.24 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.68 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.50 (m, 2H), 5.64, 5.72 (d, J = 3.9, 3.3, 1H), 7.22, 7.51 (d, J = 8.3, 1H), 7.96 (d, I = 8.2,
1H); 13C NMR (OMSO-d6) δ 15.4, 15.6, 35.5, 35.6, 43.3, 43.4, 68.8, 69.3, 69.8, 112.9, 113.1, 115.8, 128.1, 128.7, 132.1, 136.3, 136.4, 136.9, 137.1, 158.6, 169.1, 169.6; HPLC a) column: Phenominex ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH 10% H2O/0.1% TFA; 1 min hold; 4 mL/min, UV detection at 254 nm, 2.07 and 2.32 min retention time; HPLC b) column: Shimadzu Shim-Pack VP-ODS C18 (4.6 x 50 mm), 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA, 1 min hold, 4 mL/min, UV detection at 254 nm, 1.93 and 2.23 min retention time; Chiral HPLC column: Daicel Chiralcel OD 4.6 x 250 mm, isocratic, 30 min, 25% isopropanol/hexanes, 1 mL/min, UV detection at 254 nm; Shimadzu HPLC: 17.99 min retention time (>99%): Column: Hypercarb 5μ, 4.6 x 100 mm, 25 °C, isocratic, 30 min ACN/Η20 (35:65); 1 mL/min,
10.99 min retention time; MS (ES) m/z 306 [M+H]+. Alternatively, compound 23G can also be prepared by the following procedure: A solution of 22C (0.10 g, 0.28 mmol) and copper cyanide (0.03 g, 0.34 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was refluxed for 3 h, cooled to rt, and diluted with water. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with water, dried and purified using preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (27 mg).
Alternatively, compound 23G can also be prepared by the following procedures: A solution of 22C (0.10 g, 0.278 mmol) and copper cyanide (0.03g, 0.334 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was refluxed for 3 h, cooled to rt and diluted with water. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with water, dried and purified using preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (27 mg). HPLC: 99% at 2.06, 2.34 min (retention time) (Conditions: Phenom. Lura C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 4 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4.0 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 11.04 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 306 [M+l]+.
Example 24
(75.7a-R)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hvdroxy-1.3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolon.2- c1imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000117_0001
The title compound was prepared from compound 1A and compound 23E in a manner similar to that described in Example 19. mp 237-238 °C; HPLC: 100% at 2.11 and 2.36 min (retention time) (Conditions: Phenomenex Luna C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 4 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 4 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 15.9 min (100%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min, MS (ES) m/z 306 [M+l]+.
Example 25
(7R.7aS)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-7a-methyl-l,3- dioxotetrahvdropyrrolo[l,2-climidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000117_0002
To a stirring suspension of compound 23G (600 mg, 1.96 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) at rt was added DMPU (4 mL). The resulting clear solution was cooled to -78 °C, then a 2.0 M solution of LDA in THF (1.96 mL, 3.92 mmol) was added slowly so that the reaction temperature was maintained below -72 °C. The resulting dark brown solution was stirred at -78 °C for 30 min, then iodomethane (0.36 mL, 3.92 mmol) was added dropwise. After addition, the reaction was stirred at -78 °C for 30 min, then at 0 °C for 3 h. The reaction was quenched with 5% aqueous KHS0 and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2S0 ), filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel), eluting with 1% MeOH in EtOAc/CH2Cl2 (1:9) to give a mixture of compound 25 and compound 26 (150 mg), which was further purified using preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (20 mg). HPLC: 99% at 4.40, 5.20 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 7.9 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min, MS (ES) m/z 320 [M+l]+.
Alternatively, the compound of Example 25 can be prepared in the following manner
25A. (25,3R)-3-Hydroxy-2-methylpyrrolidine-l,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert- butyl ester 2-methyl ester
Figure imgf000118_0001
To a solution of (2S,3R)-N-/ert-butyloxycarbonyl-3-hydroxy-2 pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid methyl ester (ID) (1.13 g, 4.61 mmol) in THF (73 mL) at -78 °C was slowly added a 1.8 M solution of LDA (7.70 mL, 13.86 mmol). After stirring for 1 h, iodomethane (2.87 mL, 46.10 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 1 h at -78 °C, before warming gradually to -20 °C for 3 h, and then was stored at -40 °C overnight. After quenching with saturated aqueous NH4C1, water and EtOAc were added and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics were dried (MgS0 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified using preparative HPLC (Luna C-18, 21.2 x 250 mm, eluting with 50-90% solvent B (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH) over 30 min; Flow rate at 10 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm) to provide a mixture of the starting material and its epimer as a yellow oil (490 mg) and the title compound as a yellow oil (362 mg); LC/MS m/z 260 [M+H]+.
25B. (7 e,7aS)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-7a-methyl-l,3- dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazoI-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000119_0001
To a solution of (2S,3R)-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-pyrrolidine-l,2- dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (25A) (87 mg, 0.32 mmol) in CH2C12 (1.3 mL) at 0 °C was added Hunig's base (111 mL, 0.64 mmol). After stirring for 15 min, 2-chloro-4-isocyanato-3-methylbenzonitrile (23 A) was added, and after an additional 10 min, the ice bath was removed. The reaction was stirred for 2 h and then diluted with water. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgS0 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was purified using preparative HPLC (Luna C-18, 21.2 x 100 mm, eluting with 40-100% solvent B (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH) over 15 min; Flow rate at 20 mL/min; UV detection at 220 nm) to provide the title compound (67 mg) as a white film; LC/MS m/z 661 [2M+23]+.
Example 26
(7-R aS)-2-ChIoro-3-ethvI-4-(7-hvdroxy-7a-methyl-1.3- dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-c1imidazol-2-yl)benzonitriIe
Figure imgf000120_0001
A mixed product (150 mg) from Experiment 25 was purified using preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (50 mg). HPLC: 99% at 4.75, 5.54 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 6.4 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min, MS (ES) m/z 334 [M+l]+.
Example 27
(7S aR)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hvdroxy-7a-methyl-l,3- dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-c1imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000120_0002
The title compound was prepared and isolated as a white solid (30 mg) from compound 24 in a manner similar to that described in Example 25. HPLC: 99% at 4.49, 5.55 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1 % H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1 % H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 8.1 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min, MS (ES) m/z 320 [M+l]+.
Example 28
(7S aR)-2-Chloro-3-ethyl-4-(7-hvdroxy-7a-methyl-l,3- dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-c1imidazol-2-vI)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000121_0001
The title compound (35 mg) was obtained as a white solid in the reaction outlined in Example 27 by a procedure similar to that described in Example 26. HPLC: 99% at 4.79, 5.56 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 7.1 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min, MS (ES) m/z 334 [M+l]+.
Examples 29 to 42 Additional compounds of the present invention were prepared by procedures analogous to those described above. The compounds of Examples 29 to 42 have the following structure:
HO μ O
o where G, the compound name, retention time, molecular mass, and the procedure employed, are set forth in Table 1. The chromatography techniques used to determine the compound retention times of Table 1 are as follows: LC/MS = Phenom. Luna C18, 4.6 x 50 mm eluting with 10-90% MeOH/H20 over 4 min containing 0.1% TFA; 4 mL/min, monitoring at 220 nm The molecular mass of the compounds listed in Table 1, where provided, were determined by MS by the formula m/z.
Table 1
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Example 43 (7-y.7a g)-4-(7-Hvdroxy-1.3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolon.2-c1imidazol-2-vn-3- methylphthalonitrile
Figure imgf000125_0001
A solution of compound 23C (100 mg, 0.327 mmol), CuCN (15 mg,
0.163 mmol) and CuBr (23 mg, 0.163 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was refluxed for 8 h, cooled to rt and diluted with water. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with water, dried and purified using preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (8 mg). HPLC: 99% at 1.83 min (retention time) (Conditions: Phenom. Lura C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 4 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4.0 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 21.40 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min MS (ES) m/z 297 [M+l]+.
Example 44
(7-R.7aS)-3-Chloro-5-(7-hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori.2- c1imidazol-2-yl)pyridine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000125_0002
44A. 3-Chloropyridine-N-oxide
Figure imgf000126_0001
Commercially available 3-chloropyridine (11.4 g, 100 mmol) was dissolved in AcOH (60 mL) and 30% hydrogen peroxide (15 mL) was added. The mixture was heated to 70 °C for 12 h. The cooled mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with chloroform (50 mL) and solid potassium carbonate (20 g) was added and the mixture stirred for 1 h, after which it was filtered and concentrated to give a yellow- green oil (10.21g, 79%), which by NMR contained ~ 8% of starting material. The oil was used directly without further purification.
44B. 3-Chloro-2-cyanopyridine
Figure imgf000126_0002
Compound 44A (2.59 g, 20 mmol), trimethylsilylcyanide (5.95g, 60 mmol), Et3N (4.05g, 40 mmol), and acetonitrile (20 mL) were combined in a 3- necked 250-mL round-bottomed flask under nitrogen and refluxed for 6 h, at which time HPLC analysis indicated complete consumption of starting material. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a brown semi-solid which was partitioned between 3 N aqueous Na2C03 and CH2C12. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using 5% Et20/CH2C12 as eluent to give the product 44B as a white crystalline solid (1.84 g, 67%). 1H NMR (CDC13) 7.37 (dd, J = 4.7, 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.73 (dd, J = 1.4, 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.47 (dd, J = 1.3, 4.6 Hz, 1 H); LC/MS m/z 139 [M+H]+. 44C. 3-Chloro-2-cyano-5-nitropyridine
Figure imgf000127_0001
To a solution of compound 44B ( 1.75g, 12.7 mmol) in CH2C12 (40 mL) cooled at 0-5 °C was added dropwise a CH2C12 solution (25 mL) containing tetrabutylammonium nitrate (5.02g, 16.5 mmol) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (3.15 g, 15 mmol) over 20 min. The reaction was stirred for 2 h at 0-5 °C, warmed to rt and stirred for two days. The mixture was stirred with saturated aqueous Na2C03 for 1 h and the organic layer was washed with brine and dried (MgS0 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using CH2C12 as eluent to give the product as a yellow solid (0.43g, 18%). 1H NMR (CDC13) 8.62(d, / = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.33 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H); LC/MS m/z 183 [M+H]+.
44D. 5-Amino-3-chloro-2-cyanopyridine
Figure imgf000127_0002
To a solution of Compound 44C (0.35 g, 1.9 mmol) in 90% EtOH (10 mL) was added calcium chloride (0.06 g, 0.55 mmol), followed by iron powder (0.56 g, 10 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt overnight, then filtered through a pad of Celite , the pad washed with EtOAc, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using 10% Et 0/ CH2C12 to give a light-brown solid (0.13g, 43%). 1H NMR (CDC13) 7.02 (br s, 2H), 7.28 (d, J =2.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.16 (d, J =
2.2 Hz, 1 H); LC/MS m/z =154 [M+H]+. 44E. (7/?,7aS)-3-Chloro-5-(7-hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2- c]imidazol-2-yl)pyridine-2-carbonitrile
The title compound was synthesized from compound 44D by procedures analogous to those described for Examples 2E to 2F. HPLC: 100% at 1.67 min.(retention time) (Conditions: Shim-Pak NP-ODS (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 4 min gradient, 1 min hold. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 4 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm); MS(ES) m/z 293 [M+H]+.
Example 45
(7R,7a5)-6-(7-Hvdroxy-l<3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-climidazol-2- yl)quinoline-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000128_0001
45A. 6-Nitroquinoline-N-oxide
Figure imgf000128_0002
Commercially available 6-nitroquinoline (1.0 g, 5.6 mmol) was dissolved in CHC13 (30 mL) and mCPBA (1.76 g, 7.8 mmol) was added portionwise and the reactions stirred at rt for 48 h. The mixture was then washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03, 1 N aqueous NaOH, and 5% aqueous NaHS03, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 45A (1.0 g, 93%) as a light yellow solid. LC/MS m/z 191 [M+H]+. 45B. 2-Cyano-6-nitroquinoline
Figure imgf000129_0001
To a suspension of compound 45 A (400 mg, 2.1 mmol) in MeCN (15 mL) was added trimethylsilylcyanide (0.34 mL, 2.5 mmol), followed by a slow addition of Et3N ( 0.65 mL, 4.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 75 °C for 30 min, then cooled to rt, concentrated, dried under vacuum, and purified by silica gel flash chromatography, eluting with CH2C12 to give the title compound (150 mg, 36%) as a white solid. LC/MS m/z 200 [M+H]+.
45C. 2-Cyano-6-aminoquinoline
Figure imgf000129_0002
Compound 45B (212 mg, 1.1 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL of a 1:2 mixture of EtOAc and MeOH and hydrogenated at 1 atmosphere of hydrogen in the presence of 10% Pd/C (42 mg, 20 wt. %) for 1 h. The reaction was filtered, concentrated and purified by silica gel flash chromatography eluting with 2-3 % MeOH-CH2Cl2 to give the title compound (142 mg, 79%) as a light yellow solid. LC/MS m/z 170 [M+H]+.
45D. (7_R,7-iS)-6-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidaζol-2- yl)quinoline-2-carbonitrile
The title compound was prepared from 45C by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2E and 2F. HPLC: 100% at 1.81 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S5 C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient, 3 min hold. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1 % H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm). LC/MS m/z 309 [M+H]+. Example 46
(7-R aS)-7-Hvdroxy-2-(2-oxo-1.2-dihvdroquinolin-6>yl)- tetrahvdropyrrolori,2-c1imidazole-l,3-dione
Figure imgf000130_0001
46A. 6-Nitro-2-acetoxyquinoline
Figure imgf000130_0002
A solution of compound 45A (564 mg, 2.96 mmol) in Ac20 (20 mL) was heated to 145 °C for 5 h. After cooling to rt, the reaction was concentrated and the residue purified by silica gel flash chromatography eluting with CH2C1 to give the title compound (227 mg, 33%) as a beige solid. LC/MS m/z 233 [M+H]+.
46B. 6-Nitro-2-quinolone
Figure imgf000130_0003
Compound 46A (210 mg, 0.90 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL), K2C03 was added, and the reaction was stirred at rt for 30 min. The reaction was then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by silica gel flash chromatography eluting with 5 - 10% MeOH/CH2Cl2 (gradient) to give the title compound (162 mg, 94%) as a pink solid. LC/MS m/z 191 [M+H]+. 46C. 6-Nitro-/V-benzyl-2-quinolone
Figure imgf000131_0001
Compound 46B (50 mg, 0.26 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (1 mL), CsF (120 mg, 0.79 mmol) and benzyl chloride (0.09 mL, 0.79 mmol) were added, and the reaction was stirred at rt for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by silica gel flash chromatography eluting with 0 -5 % EtOAc/CH2Cl2 (gradient) to give the title compound (57 mg, 77%). LC/MS m/z 281 [M+H]+.
46D. 6-Amino-iV-benzyl-2-quinolone
Figure imgf000131_0002
The title compound (34 mg) was prepared from compound 46C in a manner similar to that described in Experiment 45 C. LC/MS m/z 251 [M+H]+.
46E. (7R,7aS)-7-Hydroxy-2-(2-oxo-l,2-dihydro-N-benzylquinolin-6- yl)tetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazole-l,3-dione
Figure imgf000131_0003
The title compound was prepared from compound 46D by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2E and 2F. LC/MS m z 390 [M+H]+.
46F. (7R,7aS)-7-Hydroxy-2-(2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-6- yl)tetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazole-l,3-dione
Compound 46E (80 mg, 0.20 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) and hydrogenated at 1 atmosphere of hydrogen for 24 h in the presence of 20 mg Pd(OH)2. The reaction was then filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and subsequently purified by silica gel flash chromatography eluting with a gradient of 5% - 10% MeOH in CH2C12 to give the title compound (16 mg) as a white solid. HPLC: 98% at 0.79 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S5 C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient, 3 min hold. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeCN - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeCN - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm). LC/MS m/z 300 [M+H]+.
Example 47
(7/g,7a5)-5-(7-Hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-c1imidazol-2- yl)biphenyl-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000132_0001
47A. 4-Cyano-3-phenylaniline
Figure imgf000133_0001
Commercially available 3-chloro-4-cyanoaniline (305 mg, 2.0 mmol) was dissolved in NMP (8 mL), and CsF (608 mg, 4.0 mmol), phenyl boronic acid (268 mg, 2.2 mmol) and dichlorobis(tricyclohexylphosphino)palladium (73mg, 0.1 mmol) were added. The reaction was then heated to 100 °C for 16 h. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was taken up in EtOAc, washed with water (2x), dried (Na2S04), concentrated under reduced pressue, and purified by silica gel flash chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (1 :1) to give compound 47A (371 mg, 96%) as a yellow solid. LC/MS m/z 195 [M+H]+.
47B. (7 ?,7a5)-5-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2- yl)biphenyl-2-carbonitrile
The title compound was prepared from compound 47 A by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2E and 2F. HPLC: 96 % at 3.24 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S5 C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient, 3 min hold. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm). LC/MS m/z 334 [M+H]+.
Example 48
(7 g.7a5)-4'-Fluoro-5-(7-hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolon .2- c1imidazol-2-yl)biphenyl-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000134_0001
48A. 4-Cyano-3-(4-fluorophenyl)aniline
Figure imgf000134_0002
The title compound was prepared from commercially available 3-chloro- 4-cyanoaniline in a similar fashion to that described in Experiment 47A and isolated as a yellow solid. LC/MS m/z 213 [M+H]+.
48B. (7/f,7a5)-4'-Fluoro-5-(7-hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2- c]imidazol-2-yl)biphenyl-2-carbonitrile
The title compound was prepared from compound 48A by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2E and 2F. HPLC: 99% at 3.32 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S5 C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient, 3 min hold. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm.). LC/MS m/z 352 [M+H]+.
Example 49
(7-R a-S)-5-(7-Hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolori.,2-c1imidazol-2-yl)-4'- methoxybiphenyl-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000135_0001
49A. 4-Cyano-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)aniline
Figure imgf000135_0002
The title compound was prepared from commercially available 3-chloro- 4-cyanoaniline in a manner similar to that described in Experiment 47A and isolated as a yellow solid. LC/MS m/z 225 [M+H]+.
49B. (7R,7aS)-5-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxo-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol- 2-yl)-4'-methoxybiphenyl-2-carbonitrile
The title compound was prepared from compound 49A by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2E and 2F. HPLC: 96% at 3.24 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S5 C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient, 3 min hold. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1 % H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm). LC/MS m/z 364 [M+H]+.
Example 50
(7 g a-R)-7-(7-Hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolori.2-c1imidazol-2- yl)benzori,2,51thiadiazole-4-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000136_0001
50A. 4-Cyano-7-amino-benzothiadiazole
Figure imgf000136_0002
A solution of 2-cyano-5-nitrophenylenediamine (78 mg, 0.44 mmol, prepared as described in WO 0076501) in SOCl2 (2 mL) was heated to reflux for 3 h. The resulting mixture was allowed to cool to rt and was then poured into ice/water. CH2C12 was added, the layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with CH2C12. The combined organic phases were dried (MgS04), concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 50% EtOAc in hexanes to give 4- cyano-7-nitrobenzothiadiazole. This material was dissolved in AcOH (2 mL) containing EtOAc (1 mL) and H20 (0.2 mL) and heated to 70 °C. At this temperature, iron powder (78 mg, 1.41 mmol) was added in one portion and the dark mixture was stirred for 20 min before cooling to rt. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of Celite® eluting with EtOAc, washed with saturated Na2C03 solution, dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 20- 70% EtOAc in hexanes afforded the title compound (47 mg, 67%) as a brown solid.
50B. (7R,7aR)-7-(7-Hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol- 2-yl)benzo[l,2,5]thiadiazole-4-carbonitrile
The title compound (12.2 mg) was prepared from compound 50A by procedures analogous to those described in Experiment 2E and 2F. HPLC: 99% at 1.57 min (retention time) (Conditions: Phenom. Luna. (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 4 min gradient, 1 min hold. (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4.0 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 22.68 min (98%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min; MS (ES) m/z 316 [M+l]+.
Example 51
(7-R,7aR)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-3-oxotetrahydropyrrolori,2-climidazol-2- yl)3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000137_0001
To a solution of compound 23G (150 mg, 0.5 mmol) in anhydrous THF (12 mL) cooled to -78 °C was added dropwise 1.0 M LiEt3BH solution in THF (0.5 mL, 0.5 mmol). After addition, the reaction was stirred at -78 °C for 4 h, then quenched by addition of saturated aqueous Na2C03 (5 mL). The reaction was warmed to 0 °C, 30% H202 (~ 0.5 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min, then extracted with CH2C12 (3x). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure overnight. The residue (~ 120 mg) was dissolved in anhydrous CH2C12, and to the resulting solution cooled to -78 °C was added dropwise triethylsilane (0.5 mL, 3.1 mmol), followed by boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (0.5 mL, 3.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 2 h, then additional triethylsilane (0.3 mL, 1.88 mmol) and boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (0.3 mL, 2.35 mmol) were added, and the reaction was stirred at 0 °C overnight. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous Na2C03 (10 mL), then extracted with CH2C12 (3x). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2S0 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product (~ 100 mg). The crude product was purified using preparative HPLC to give 30 mg, which was further purified using chiral preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (9 mg). HPLC: 98% at 4.39 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax SB C18 (4.6 x 75 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B, 8 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 10.59 min (99%); Conditions: OD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in hexane for 30 min at 1 mL/min; MS (ES) m/z 292 [M+l]+.
Alternatively, the Compound of Example 51 can be prepared by the following sequence:
51A. (25,3_R)-3-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)pyrrolidine-l,2-dicarboxylic acid l-ter-vbutyl ester 2-methyl ester
Figure imgf000138_0001
To a solution of (2S,3R)-N-/ert-butyloxycarbonyl-3-hydroxy-2 pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid methyl ester (ID) (0.63 g, 2.56 mmol) in CH2C12 (12 mL) at rt was added imidazole (0.35 g, 5.14 mmol), and then tert- butydimethylsilyl chloride (0.43 g, 2.83 mmol). After stirring for 3 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned between H20 and CH2C12. The CH2C12 layer was washed with 1 M H3P04, ΝaHC03 and brine, dried (MgS04), then filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 30% EtOAc/hexane to yield the title compound (0.91 g). LC/MS /z 360 [M+H]+. 51B. (2Λ,3R)-3-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2- hydroxymethylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000139_0001
To (2S,3R)-3-(ter/-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxy)-pyrrolidine-l,2- dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (51A) (8.05 g, 22.39 mmol) in THF (90 mL) at -78 °C was added a 1 M solution of Super-Hydride® in THF (112 mL, 112 mmol) in five portions over 15 min The cold bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to warm to rt. After 3 h, the reaction was poured into a 1-L Erlenmeyer flask and was carefully quenched with ice while stirring and then diluted with EtOAc. The layers were separated and the organic layer washed with 1 M H3P0 , NaHC03 and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. The residue was diluted with CH2C12, stirred with silica gel overnight, then concentrated and purified via flash chromatography eluting with 30% EtOAc/hexane to obtain the title compound (6.70 g) as a clear oil.
51C. (2S,3-R)-3-(ter-^Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-formylpyrrolidine-l- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000139_0002
To (2R,3R)-3-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxy)-2-hydroxymethyl- pyrrolidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (51B) (6.70 g, 20.24 mmol) in CH2C12 (100 mL) at 0 °C was added Dess-Martin periodinane. The ice bath was removed and the reaction was warmed to rt. After 2 h, saturated aqueous Na2S203 and NaHC03 (ca. 100 mL each) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously for 0.5 h. The layers were separated, the organic layer was washed with a mixture of saturated aqueous Na2S203 and NaHC03 followed by brine, dried (MgS04), and was then filtered and concentrated to obtain the title compound (7.20 g) as a yellow oil.
51D. (2Λ,3R)-iV-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-3-(tert-butyldimethylsiloxy)-2-[(3- chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenylamino)methyl]pyrrolidine
Figure imgf000140_0001
To a solution of (2S,3R)-3-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-formyl- pyrrolidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (51C) (661 mg, 2.0 mmol) in 5% DMF in CH2C12 (10 mL) at rt was added 4-amino-2-chloro-3-methyl- benzonitrile (340 mg, 2.04 mmol) followed by NaBH(OAc)3 (636 mg, 3.0 mmol) and HO Ac (180 μL, 3 mmol). The reaction was stirred under nitrogen at rt for 18 h. Additional portions of NaBH(OAc)3 (424 mg, 2.0 mmol) and HO Ac (120 μL, 2 mmol) were added, and the reaction was stirred for an additional 18 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (50 ml), dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Purification via flash chromatography (silica gel, 0 to 15% EtOAc/hexanes) provided the title compound (605 mg, 1.26 mmol, 63%). MS m/z 480 [M+H]+.
51E. (2 ?,3R)-3-(tert-ButyldimethylsilanyIoxy)-2-[(3-chloro-4-cyano-2- methylphenylamino)methyl]pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000141_0001
(2R,3R)-N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-3-(tert-butyldimethylsiloxy)-2-[(3- chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenylamino)methyl]pyrτolidine (51D) (35 mg, 0.07 mmol) was dissolved in 50% TFA/CH2C12 and stirred for 2 h then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc, saturated aqueous ΝaHC03 was added and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously for 0.5 h. The layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed with NaHC03 and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated to provide the title compound (22 mg) as a yellow film. LC/MS m/z 380 [M+H]+.
51F. (7-R,7aR)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-3-oxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2- c]imidaζol-2-yl)-3-methylbenζonitrile
Figure imgf000141_0002
To a solution of (2R,3R)-3-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-[(3-chloro- 4-cyano-2-methylphenylamino)methyl]pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (51E) (22 mg, 0.06 mmol) dissolved in THF (1 mL) was added 1,1'- carbonyldiimidazole (9.40 mg, 0.06 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 days, and then brought to reflux for 1 h. An aliquot (-half of the reaction mixture) was treated with DBU (10 μL, 0.07 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux overnight. The reaction was then diluted with EtOAc and water, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via preparative HPLC (Luna C-18, 21.2 x 100 mm, eluting with 60-100% solvent B (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA) over 12 min; Flow rate at 20 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). The major peak was collected, concentrated and treated with TFA (2 mL) overnight. The reaction was concentrated and purified via preparative HPLC (Luna C-18, 21.2 x 100 mm, eluting with 40-100% solvent B (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA) over 10 min; Flow rate at 20 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm) to provide the title compound (1 mg). LC/MS m/z 292 [M+H]+.
Example 52
2-Chloro-4-f3,7-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-c1imidaζol-2-yl)-3- methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000142_0001
To a solution of compound 51 (0.02 g, 0.07 mmol) in CH2C12 (0.5 mL) was added a solution of Dess-Martin periodinane (0.038 g, 0.086 mmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The reaction mixture was washed with NaHC03 (2 x 2 mL), brine, and dried (Na2S04). The CH2C12 layer was then evaporated and the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to yield O.Olg of the title compound as a white powder. HPLC: 99% at 1.92 min; Conditions: Phenom. Luna C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); eluted with 0% to 100% B; 4 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% ACN - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% ACN - 0.1% H3P04; flow rate at 4 mL/min., UV detection at 220 nm. Chiral HPLC: 98% at 34.2 min; Conditions: (CHIRALPAK® OD column 4.6 x 250 mm; 25% isopropanol in hexane over 40 min at flow rate 1.0 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm); MS (ES) m/z 299 [M+l]+.
Examples 53a and 53b
2-Chloro-4-(8-hvdroxy-l,3-dioxohexahydroimidaζori.5-a1pyridin-2-yl)-3- methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000143_0001
53A. (±)-cw-3-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000143_0002
A sample of Rh(OH)3 was prepared according to the procedure described in Tetrahedron Lett. 1967, 17, 1663-1664. The 3-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid (0.5 g, 3.6 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous NH4OH and then added H20 in a ratio of 1 to 7. Rh(OH)3 (0.2 g) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt under 70-80 psi of H2 for 4 h. The catalyst was filtered through a cake of celite and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford compound 53A (0.50 g) as a white foam.
53B. (±)-cw-3-Hydoxypiperidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000143_0003
Hydrogen chloride gas was bubbled through a suspension of 3-hydroxy- piperidine-2-carboxylic acid (0.54 g, 0.370 mol) in MeOH (100 mL) cooled to 0 °C for 10 min. The resulting clear solution was stirred at rt for 4 h, then evaporated carefully under reduced pressure (white precipitates formed during the concentration). The resulting white solid was dried overnight under vacuum to afford 0.86 g of the title compound as an off-white powder.
53C. 2-Chloro-4-(8-hydroxy-l,3-dioxohexahydroimidazo[l,5-a]pyridin-2- yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
To a suspension of compound 53B (0.20 g, 0.77 mmol) in CH2C12 (3 mL) cooled to 0 °C was added .-Pr2EtN (0.178 mL, 1.00 mmol). After stirring at 0 °C for 20 min, compound 23E (0.095 g, 0.59 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 mL) solution was added, along with 4 A molecular sieves ( 0.5 g), and the resulting mixture stirred at rt until urea formation was completed (~ 2 h). The mixture was then stirred at rt until hydantoin formation was complete (-15 h). The reaction mixture was loaded on a silica gel column, eluted with 40 % EtOAc/hexane, and 5% MeOH in EtOAc/hexane (1 :1) to afford 0.11 g of the title compound as an off-white powder. HPLC: 99% at 1.67-1.79 min; Conditions: Phenom. Luna C18 (4.6 x 50 mm); Eluted with 0% to 100% B; 4 min gradient (A = 90% H20 - 10% ACN - 0.1% H3P04 and B = 10% H20 - 90% ACN - 0.1% H3P04 ), Flow rate at 4 mL/min., UV detection at 220 nm). The compound was further loaded on a Chiral AD column, eluted with 25% isopropanol in hexane isocratic to afford 50 mg each of enantiomer 53a (isomer A; retention time = 14.2 min; 100% e.e.) and enantiomer 53b (isomer B; retention time = 20 min; 100% e.e) of the title compound as white powders. Chiral HPLC Conditions: (CHIRALPAK® AD column 4.6 x 250 mm; 25% isopropanol in hexane over 30 min at flow rate 1.0 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm); MS (ES) m/z 320 [M+l]+.
Example 54
(7S.7aS)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hvdroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori.2- c1imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000145_0001
54A. (25,35)-l-(3-Chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenylcarbamoyl)-3-hydroxy- pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester.
Figure imgf000145_0002
To a suspension of trøns-3-hydroxyproline methyl ester, HCl salt (207 mg, 1.14 mmol) in 1.5 mL of CH2C12 cooled to 0 °C was added diisopropylethylamine (0.23 mL, 1.30 mmol) followed by a suspension of isocyanate 23E (200 mg, 1.04 mmol) in 2 mL of CH2C12. The suspension was allowed to warm to rt and stir for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then washed with water, and a solid precipitated which was filtered and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound (210 mg) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CD3OD) 1.98-2.01 (m, IH), 2.13-2.17 (m, IH), 2.30 (s, 3H), 3.69-3.72 (m, 5H), 4.36 (br s, IH), 4.40 (br s, IH), 7.41 (d, J = 8.80, IH), 7.55 (d, J = 8.25, IH); 13C NMR (CD3OD) 15.88, 33.72, 45.64, 52.94, 69.50, 74.55, 110.62, 117.41, 125.65, 132.36, 134.44, 137.83, 144.33, 156.43, 172.88; HPLC a) column: Phenominex CI 8 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA; 1 min hold, 4 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm, 2.30 min retention time; HPLC b) column: Shimadzu Shim-Pack VP-ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA, 1 min hold; 4 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 2.13 min retention time (97%); HPLC c) column: Daicel Chiralcel OD 4.6 x 250 mm, Isocratic 25% Isopropanol Hexanes, 30 min, 1 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 9.03 min retention time (98%); MS (ES) m/z 338 [M+H]+. 54B. (2S,3S)-l-(3-Chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenylcarbamoyl)-3-hydroxy- pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000146_0001
A suspension of ester 54A (260 mg, 0.770 mmol) in 20 mL of 1.6 N NaOH was stirred at rt for 45 min. The reaction mixture was acidified to pH 2 with 10% HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04), filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (260 mg) as a beige solid. A portion (50 mg) of the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (reverse phase silica gel, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA) to afford the title compound (25 mg) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CD3OD) 2.02-2.05 (m, IH), 2.17-2.22 (m, IH), 2.35 (s, 3H), 3.73-3.76 (m, 2H), 4.40 (br s, IH), 4.49 (br s, IH), 7.47 (d, J = 8.80, IH), 7.58 (d, J = 8.25, IH); 13C NMR (CD3OD) 15.83, 33.59, 45.61, 69.53, 74.73, 110.40, 117.45, 125.45, 132.34, 137.80, 144.42, 156.50, 159.95, 173.94; HPLC a) column: Phenominex ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA; 1 min hold, 4 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm, 1.97 min retention time; HPLC b) column: Shimadzu Shim-Pack VP-ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA, 1 min hold; 4 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 1.79 min retention time (92%); HPLC c) column: Daicel Chiralcel OD 4.6 x 250 mm, Isocratic 25% isopropanol/hexanes, 30 min, 1 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 6.96 min retention time (98%); MS (ES) m/z 324 [M+H]+. 54C. (7S,7aS)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-l,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2- c]imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile.
Figure imgf000147_0001
To a suspension of acid 54B (210 mg, 0.649 mmol) in 15 mL of acetonitrile at rt was added DCC (134 mg, 0.649 mmol) followed by /?-nitrophenol (180 mg, 1.30 mmol). The suspension was refluxed for 1 h, cooled to rt and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue dissolved in EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexanes, 75:25) to afford the title compound (121 mg) as a white foam. 1H NMR (CD3OD) 1.94-2.05 (m, IH), 2.18, 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.33 (m, IH), 3.34-3.40 (m, IH), 3.67-3.75 (m, IH), 4.08, 4.16 (d, J = 6.05, IH), 4.35, 4.42 (m, IH), 7.33, 7.38 (d, J = 8.25, IH), 7.70 (m, IH); 13C NMR (CD3OD) 15.90, 16.11, 36.95, 37.05, 44.88, 45.06, 70.91, 70.94, 72.46, 72.90, 115.19, 115.53, 116.60, 116.66, 129.30, 129.46, 132.74, 133.03, 137.41, 137.61, 138.08, 138.37, 138.42, 138.53, 159.69, 159.97, 172.10, 172.43; HPLC a) column: Phenominex LUNA C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA; 1 min hold, 4 mL/min UV detection at 220 nm, 2.32 min retention time; HPLC b) column: Shimadzu Shim-Pack VP-ODS C18 4.6 x 50 mm, 4 min gradient, 10% MeOH/90% H2O/0.1% TFA to 90% MeOH/10% H2O/0.1% TFA, 1 min hold; 4 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 2.15 min retention time (100%); HPLC c) column: Daicel Chiralcel OD 4.6 x 250 mm, Isocratic 25% Isopropanol/Hexanes, 30 min, 1 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm, 17.65 min retention time (99%); MS (ES) m/z 306 [M+H]+. Example 55
2-Chloro-4-r(75.7a-R)-7-hvdroxy-3-oxo-tetrahvdro-l-ff-pyrrolo ri.2-c1imidazol-2(3-g)-yll-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000148_0001
55A. Methyl-(2S,3S)-l-{[(3-Chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenyl)amino]- carbonyl}-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylate
Figure imgf000148_0002
A solution of ester 1A (500 mg, 2.75 mmol) in dry CH2C12 (10 mL) was cooled to 0 °C, treated with Hunig's base (0.53 mL, 3.04 mmol) and stirred at 0 °C for 30 min. The solution was treated with isocyanate 23E (505 mg, 2.62 mmol), and the resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 3 h. The insoluble solids were filtered off and the filtrate was partitioned between aqueous NH4C1 (6.0 mL) and CH2C12 (3 x 60 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue and insoluble solids were combined and chromatographed (silica gel; EtOAc/hexane gradient) to yield the title compound (177.2 mg, 75.3%) as a white solid, mp 189-191 °C. HPLC: 1.72 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S-5 C-18 (4.6 x 50 mm), eluting with 0-100% B, 4 min gradient. (A= 90% H20 - 10% CH3CN - 0.1 % TFA and B= 10% H20 - 90% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm). Chiral HPLC: retention time = 22.2 min (100%); Conditions: AD (4.6 x 250mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in heptane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 338 [M+H]+.
55B. MethyI-(2S,3S)-l-{[(3-chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenyl)amino]- carbonyl}-3-(ter*-butyl-dimethylsilanyloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate
Figure imgf000149_0001
A cooled (0 °C) solution of compound 55 A (510.1 mg, 1.51 mmol) and imidazole (516 mg, 7.58 mmol) in dry DMF (2.6 mL) was treated with 97% tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (572 mg, 3.68 mmol), stirred at 0 °C for 5 min then at rt for 24 h. Methanol (3.5 mL) was added and the solution stirred at rt for another 24 h. The mixture was partitioned between 10 % citric acid ( 5.3 mL) and EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (Na2S0 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting syrup was chromatographed (silica gel; EtOAc/hexane gradient) to yield the title compound (732.3 mg, 100%) as a white solid, mp 123-125 °C.
HPLC: 3.38 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S-5 C-18 (4.6 x 50 mm), eluting with 0-100% B, 4 min gradient. (A= 90% H20 - 10% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA and B= 10% H20 - 90% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4 mL/min.
UV detection at 220 nm. Chiral HPLC: retention time = 9.30 min (98.6%);
Conditions: AD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in heptane for
30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 452 [M+H]+.
55C. (2-R,3S)-/V-(3-Chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenyI)3-(tert- butyIdimethylsilanyloxy)-2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidine-l-carboxamide
Figure imgf000150_0001
To a solution of compound 55B (300 mg, 0.66 mmol) in anhydrous THF (6.7 mL) at -25 °C was added 1 N LAH in THF (1.34 mL, 1.34 mmol) over a period of 10 min. The solution was then warmed to 0 °C and stirred for 2.0 h before quenching with H20 (0.05 mL), 15 % NaOH (0.05 mL) and H20 (0.16 mL). After warming to rt, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant off-white solid was chromatographed (silica gel; EtOAc/hexane gradient) to yield the title compound (217.2 mg, 78%) as a white solid, mp 174-176 °C. HPLC: 3.23 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S-5 C-18 (4.6 x 50 mm), eluting with 0- 100% B, 4 min gradient. (A= 90% H20 -10% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA and B= 10% H20 - 90% CH3CN -0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm. Chiral HPLC: retention time = 7.11 min (96.1%); Conditions: AD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in heptane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 424 [M+H]+.
55D. 2-Chloro-4-[(75,7aΛ)-7-(tert-butyldimethyIsilanyloxy)-3-oxo- tetrahydro-l-fiT-pyrrolo[l,2c]imidaζol-2-(3 )yl]methylbenζonitrile
Figure imgf000150_0002
A solution of compound 55C (150 mg, 0.35 mmol) in anhydrous THF (4.8 mL) at 0 °C was treated with 97% tert-BuOK (104.2 mg, 0.86 mmol) and stirred at 0 °C for 5 min. To the solution was added a solution of toluenesulfonyl chloride (81.6 mg, 0.43 mmol) in anhydrous THF, and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for another 10 min as described in by Taek Heon Kim and Gue-Jae Lee J. Org. Chem. 64, 2941-2943 (1999). The reaction mixture was then quenched with H20 (4.8 mL), removed from the bath and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel; EtOAc/hexane gradient) to yield the title compound (128.9 mg, 90%) as a white foam. HPLC: 3.61 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S-5 C-18 (4.6 x 50 mm), eluting with 0-100 % B, 4 min gradient. (A= 90% H20 - 10% CH3CN - 0.1 % TFA and B= 10% H20 - 90% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm. Chiral HPLC: retention time = 9.54 min (99.3%); Conditions: AD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in heptane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 406 [M+H]+.
55E. 2-Chloro-4-[(7S/7aR)-7-hydroxy-3-oxotetrahydro-l#-pyrrolo[l,2- c]imidazol-2(3 _ -yI]-3-methylbenzonitrile.
Figure imgf000151_0001
To a solution of compound 55D (112.4 mg, 0.28 mmol) in anhydrous
THF (5.0 mL) at 0 °C was added 1.0 M TBAF in THF (0.32 mL, 0.32 mmol). The solution was stirred at 0 °C for 10 min, at rt for 19 h, then partitioned between 25% NH4C1 (7.0 mL) and EtOAc (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant off-white solid was chromatographed (silica gel; EtOAc/hexane gradient) to yield the title compound (77.4 mg, 95%) as a white solid, mp 148-149 °C. HPLC: 5.4 min (retention time) (Conditions: Zorbax C-18 (4.6 x 75 mm), eluting with 0-100% B, 8 min gradient. (A= 90% H20 - 10% CH3OH- 0.2% H3P04 and B= 10% H20 - 90% CH3OH - 0.2% H3P04); Flow rate at 2.5 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm. Chiral HPLC: retention time = 19.9 min (99.7%); Conditions: AD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in heptane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 290 [M-H]".
Example 56 2-Chloro-4-r(6R,7a5)-6-hydroxy-3-oxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidaζol- 2(3- -0-yl1-3-methylbenzonitrile.
Figure imgf000152_0001
56 A. 4-Hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carbox lic acid methyl ester, hydrochloride salt
Figure imgf000152_0002
The title compound was prepared from tran-y-4-hydroxy-L-proline (5.0 g, 38.1 mmol) by procedures analogous to those described for Example 1A to afford a white solid (6.97 g, 100%), mp 164-166 °C. 56B. Methyl (2S,4R)-l-{[(3-Chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenyl)amino]- carbonyl}-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylate
Figure imgf000153_0001
The title compound was prepared from compound 56A (300 mg, 1.65 mmol) and isocyanate 23E (312 mg, 1.62 mmol) by procedures analogous to that described for Example 55A to afford a white foam (375.6 mg, 69%).
HPLC: 1.68 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S-5 C-18 (4.6 x 250 mm), eluting with 0-100% B, 4 min gradient. (A= 90% H20 - 10% CH3CN - 0.1 %
TFA and B= 10% H20 - 90% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4 mL/min.
UV detection at 220 nm. Chiral HPLC: retention time = 12.92 min (98.9%);
Conditions: AD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in heptane for
30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 338 [M+H]+.
56C. Methyl (25,4-R)-l-{[(3-chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenyl)amino]- carbonyl}4-(ter-.-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate.
Figure imgf000153_0002
The title compound was prepared from compound 56B (150 mg, 0.44 mmol) in a manner analogous to that described for compound 55B to afford a white solid (156.3 mg, 79%), mp 129-131 °C. HPLC: 3.38 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S-5 C-18 (4.6 x 250 mm), eluting with 0-100% B, 4 min gradient. (A= 90% H20 -10% CH3CN - 0.1 % TFA and B= 10% H20 - 90% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm. Chiral HPLC: retention time = 9.80 min (99.9%); Conditions: AD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in heptane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 452 [M+H]+.
56D. (2S,4-R)-N-(3-Chloro-4-cyano-2-methylphenyl)-4-(terf- butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidine-l-carboxamide
Figure imgf000154_0001
To a solution of compound 56C (145 mg, 0.32 mmol) in anhydrous THF
(3.0 mL) at 0 °C was added dropwise a solution of 2 M LiBH4 in THF (0.24 ml, 0.48 mmol) as described by Terry Rosen et. al. J. Med. Chem. 31 (8), 1598- 1611 (1988). The solution was stirred at 0 °C for 2.5 h, quenched with 1.0 M K2C03 (1.0 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with 1 M K2C03, brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel; EtOAc/hexane gradient) to yield the title compound (125.4 mg, 93%) as a white solid, mp 169-171 °C. HPLC: 3.31 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S-5 C-18 (4.6 x 250 mm), eluting with 0-100% B, 4 min gradient. (A= 90% H20 -10% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA and B= 10% H20 - 90% CH3CN - 0.1 %TFA); Flow rate at 4 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm. Chiral HPLC: retention time = 7.01 min (99.96%); Conditions: AD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20 % isopropanol in heptane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 424 [M+H]+. 56E. 2-Chloro-4-[(6R,7a5)-6-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-3- oxotetrahydro-li -pyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2(3 r)-yl]-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000155_0001
The title compound was prepared from compound 56D (124 mg, 0.29 mmol) in a manner analogous to that described for compound IE to give a colorless syrup (104.9 mg, 89%). HPLC: 3.58 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S-5 C-18 (4.6 x 250 mm), eluting with 0-100% B, 4 min gradient. (A= 90% H20 - 10% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA and B= 10% H20 - 90% CH3CN - 0.1%TFA); Flow rate at 4 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm. Chiral HPLC: retention time = 12.53 min (99.96%); Conditions: AD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in heptane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 406 [M+H]+.
56F. 2-Chloro-4-[(6R",7aS)-6-hydroxy-3-oxotetrahydropyrroIo[l,2- c]imidazol-2(3-ff)-yl]-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000155_0002
The title compound was prepared from compound 56E (95.9 mg, 0.24 mmol) in a manner analogous to that described for compound IE to give a white foam (69.8 mg, 100%). HPLC: 1.66 min (retention time) (Conditions: YMC S-5 C-18 (4.6 x 250 mm), eluting with 0-100% B, 4 min gradient. (A= 90% H20 - 10% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA and B= 10% H20 - 90% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA); Flow rate at 4 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm. Chiral HPLC: retention time = 15.42 min (100%); Conditions: AD (4.6 x 250 mm); Eluted with 20% isopropanol in heptane for 30 min at 1 mL/min. MS (ES) m/z 290 [M-H]\
Example 57
(7-->,7a-S)-2-ChIoro-4-(7-hvdroxy-3-oxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-c1imidazol-2- yl)-3-methylbenzonitriIe
Figure imgf000156_0001
To a suspension of (7S,7aR)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-l,3- dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile (23C) (5.00g, 16.36 mmol) in THF (164 mL) was added LAH (620 mg, 16.34 mmol) in two portions. After 30 min, the reaction was quenched by the slow addition of the following: water (0.62 mL) in THF (2 mL), 1.86 mL 15% aqueous NaOH, then 1.86 mL water in THF (2 mL). After stirring for 15 min, the reaction was filtered through celite, washed with EtOAc, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 4.45 g of a yellow foam. The foam was taken up in CH2C12 (142 mL) and cooled to -78 °C. Triethylsilane (4.50 mL, 28.17 mmol) and boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (3.60 mL, 28.41 mmol) were then added and the cold bath was removed. After stirring for 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NaHC03 and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried (MgS04), filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and then purified using preparative HPLC (YMC ODS C-18, 30 x 250 mm, eluting with 50-70% solvent B (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA) over 30 min; Flow rate at 20 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm) to provide a white solid (ca. 1 g). The solid was further purified by several recrystallizations (first from MeOH/H20 then EtOH until purity >99% by 1H NMR) to provide 236 mg of the desired racemic product as white needles. A portion of this material (28 mg) was further purified using chiral preparative HPLC (Chiracel OD, 5 x 50 cm, eluting with 20% isopropanol/hexane, Flow rate = 56 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm) to afford 57 (6.8 mg) (Chiral HPLC: retention time = 10.68 min; Daicel Chiralcel OD, 4.6 x 250 mm, eluting with 20% isopropanol in hexane over 30 min; Flow rate at 1 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm; LC/MS m/z 292 [M+l]+) and 11.5 mg of a white solid which was purified by chiral preparative HPLC as above followed by preparative HPLC to provide the title compound (3.3 mg) (Chiral HPLC: retention time = 12.91 min; Daicel Chiralcel OD, 4.6 x 250 mm, eluting with 20% isopropanol/hexane over 30 min; Flow rate at 1 mL/min, UV detection at 220 nm). LC/MS m/z 292 [M+l]+.
Example 58
(7R,7aR)-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-7a-methyl-3-oxotetrahvdropyrrolo- [l,2c]imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitriIe
Figure imgf000157_0001
58A. (25,3-R)-3-( ert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methylpyrrolidine-l,2- dicarboxylic acid 1 -tert-butyl ester-2-methyl ester
Figure imgf000157_0002
To a solution of (2S,3R)-3-Hydroxy-2-methylpyrrolidine-l,2- dicarboxylic acid 1 -tert-butyl ester-2-methyl ester (25 A) (362 mg, 1.39 mmol) in CH2C12 (4 mL) was added imidazole (284 mg, 4.17 mmol) then tert- butydimethylsilyl chloride (1.05 g, 6.95 mmol). After stirring overnight, the reaction was partitioned between H20 and CH2C12. The CH2C12 layer was washed with 1M H3P04 (2x) and brine, dried (MgS04), then filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel) eluting with 30% EtOAc/hexane to yield the title compound (456 mg) as a white solid.
58B. (2-R,3R)-3-(tert-ButyldimethylsilanyIoxy)-2-hydroxymethyl-2- methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000158_0001
To a solution of (2S,3R)-3-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2- methylpyrrolidine-l,2-dicarboxylic acid 1 -tert-butyl ester-2-methyl ester (58A) (1.08 g, 2.90 mmol) in THF (12 mL) at -78 °C was added a 1 M solution of
Super-Hydride in THF (14.50 mL, 14.50 mmol) in three portions over 15 min. After 10 min, the cold bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to warm to rt and was stirred for 18 h. The reaction was cooled again to -78 °C and
(fi) more Super-Hydride (7 mL) was added. After stirring an additional 24 h, the reaction was poured into a 1-L Erlenmeyer flask containing ice water and was then diluted with EtOAc. The layers were separated and the organic layer washed with 1 M H3P04 (2x), NaHC03 and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with CH2C12, stirred with silica gel for 10 min, then concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via flash chromatography, eluting with 20% EtOAc/hexane to obtain the title compound (0.54 g) as a clear oil. MS m/z 346 [M+H]+. 58C. (2R,3-R)-[3-(tert-ButyldimethylsiIanyloxy)-2-methylpyrrolidin-2- yljmethanol trifluoroacetic acid salt
Figure imgf000159_0001
5 (2R,3R)-3-(ter/-Butyldimethyl-silanyloxy)-2-hydroxymethyl-2- methylpyrrolidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (58B) (269 mg, 0.78 mmol) was stirred in 17% TFA/CH2C12 (6 mL) for 30 min. The reaction was concentrated to provide a brown oil (334 mg). LC/MS m/z 246 [M+H]+
i o 58D. (2-R,3-K)-3-(tert-ButyldimethyIsilanyloxy)-2-hydroxymethyl-2- me thy lpyrrolidine-1 -carboxylic acid (3-chloro-4-cyano-2-methyl-phenyl)- amide
Figure imgf000159_0002
15 To a solution of (2R,3R)-[3-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2- methylpyrrolidin-2-yl] methanol trifluoroacetic acid salt (58C) (167 mg, 0.61 mmol) in CH2C12 (2.5 mL) at 0 °C were added molecular sieves followed by Hunig's base (0.21 mL, 1.22 mL). After stirring for 15 min, 2-Chloro-4- isocyanato-3-methylbenζonitrile (23A) was added and the ice bath was 0 removed. After 10 min, the reaction was stirred for 2 h and then diluted with water and CH2C12. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. The resulting solid was purified via preparative HPLC (Luna C-18, 250 x 21.2 mm, eluting with 60-100% solvent B (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA) over 15 min; Flow rate at 10 mL/min; UV detection at 220 nm) to provide the title compound (17 mg) as a white film (LC/MS m/z 438 [M+H]+) and di-acylated product (80 mg) as a white solid (LC/MS m/z 630 [M+H] +). The di-acylated product (80 mg, 0.13 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (2 mL) and treated with 21% NaOEt (48 μL, 0.13 mmol) at rt for 4 h. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressue then diluted with water and EtOAc. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer acidified with 1 N HCl then re-extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via preparative HPLC (Luna C-18, 100 x 21.2 mm, eluting with 40-100% solvent B (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA) over 10 min; Flow rate at 20 mL/min; UV detection at 220 nm) to provide the title compound (43 mg) as a white film. LC/MS m/z 438 [M+H]+.
58E. (7R,7aR)-4-[7-(tert-ButyIdimethylsilanyloxy)-7a-methyl-3- oxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidaζol-2-yl]-2-chloro-3-methyl-benζonitrile
Figure imgf000160_0001
To a solution of (2R,3R)-3-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2- hydroxymethyl-2-methylpyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylic acid (3-chloro-4-cyano-2- methyl-phenyl)-amide (58D) (43 mg, 0.10 mmol) in THF (1 mL) at 0 °C was added a 1 M solution of potassium tert-butoxide in THF (0.24 mL, 0.24 mmol) followed by a solution of ^-toluenesulfonyl chloride (22 mg, 0.12 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL). After 10 min, additional potassium tert-butoxide (50 μL) and /^-toluenesulfonyl chloride (3 mg) were added. After another 10 min, the reaction was diluted with water and EtOAc and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated and purified via preparative HPLC (Luna C-18, 100 x 21.2 mm, eluting with 60-100% solvent B (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA) over 12 min; Flow rate at 20 mL/min; UV detection at 220 nm) to provide the title compound (17 mg). LC/MS m/z 420 [M+H]+.
58F. (7R,7aR)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-7a-methyl-3- oxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidaζol-2-yl)-3-methylbenζonitrile
Figure imgf000161_0001
To a solution of (7R,7aR)-4-[7-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-7a- methyl-3-oxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2-yl]-2-chloro-3- methylbenzonitrile (58E) (17 mg, 0.04 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added acetic acid (100 μL) and a 1 M solution of TBAF in THF (122 μL, 0.12 mmol). After stirring at rt for 11 h, additional TBAF solution was added (100 μL), and after stirring for another 6 h, 200 μL TBAF solution was added. The reaction was stirred overnight, then 100 μL TBAF was added and the reaction stirred an additional 1.5 h. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous NH C1 and extracted with EtOAC. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified via preparative HPLC (Luna C-18, 100 x 21.2 mm, eluting with 40-100% solvent B (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA) over 10 min; Flow rate at 20 mL/min; UV detection at 220 nm) to provide the title compound (11 mg). LC/MS m/z 306 [M+H]+. Example 59
(7a-R)-2-Chloro-3-methyl-4-(7a-methyl-3 -dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori.2- c]imidazol-2-yl)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000162_0001
To a 2 M CH2C12 solution of oxalyl chloride (68 μL, 0.13 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL) at -78 °C was added DMSO (17 μL, 0.25 mmol). After 20 min, a solution of (7R,7aR)-2-chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-7a-methyl-3- oxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile (58F) (17 mg, 0.06 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 mL) was added. After an additional 20 min at -78 °C, triethylamine (62 μL, 0.47 mmol) was added, the cold bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min. Water was added and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine then dried (MgS0 ), filtered and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified via preparative HPLC (YMC ODS C-18, 100 x 20 mm, eluting with 30-80% solvent B (A = 90% H20 - 10% CH3CN - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% CH3CN - 0.1 % TFA) over 15 min; Flow rate at 20 mL/min; UV detection at 220 nm) to provide the title compound (6.3 mg) as a white solid. LC/MS m/z 629 [2M+23]+.
Example 60
(7R a-R)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hvdroxy-7a-methyl-l,3- dioxotetrahvdropyrrolori,2-climidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000163_0001
60A. (2R,3R)-3-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methylpyrrolidine- 1 ,2- dicarboxylic acid 1 -tert-butyl ester-2-methyl ester
Figure imgf000163_0002
To a solution of (2S,3R)-3-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)pyrrolidine- 1 ,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (51A) (195 mg, 0.54 mmol) in THF (6 mL) at -78 °C was added a 1.8 M solution of LDA (0.66 mL, 1.19 mmol). After stirring for 1.5 h at -78 °C and 0.5 h at -30 °C, the reaction was cooled again to -78 °C and iodomethane (0.2 mL, 3.21 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for lh and at -20 °C for 4 h. After warming to rt, water and EtOAc were added and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified via preparative HPLC (Luna C-18, 21.1 x 100 mm, eluting with 75-100% solvent B (A = 90% H20 - 10% MeOH - 0.1% TFA and B = 10% H20 - 90% MeOH - 0.1% TFA) over 12 min; Flow rate at 20 mL/min. UV detection at 220 nm) to provide the title compound (36 mg). LC/MS /z 314 [M+H]+.
60B. (7 ?,7a ?)-4-[7-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-7a-methyl-l,3- dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2-yl]-2-chloro-3-methyl- benzonitrile
Figure imgf000164_0001
A solution of (2R,3R)-3-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methyl- pyrrolidine-l,2-dicarboxylic acid 1 -tert-butyl ester-2-methyl ester (60A) (52 mg, 0.14 mmol) in CH2C12 (1.5 mL) and TFA (0.5 mL) was stirred at rt for 2 h. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in CH2C12 (1.5 mL) and Hunig's base (60 μL, 0.35 mmol) was added. After stirring at rt for 10 min, 2-chloro-4-isocyanato-3- methylbenzonitrile (34 mg, 0.18 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction was treated with DBU (40 μL, 0.27 mmol) and was stirred for 4 h at rt then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via chromatography (silica gel) eluting with 30% EtOAc in hexane to provide the title compound (54 mg). LC/MS m/z 434 [M+H]+.
60C. (7R,7aR)-2-Chloro-4-(7-hydroxy-7a-methyl-l,3- dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000164_0002
A solution of (7R,7aR)-4-[7-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-7a-methyl- 1 ,3-dioxotetrahydropyrrolo[ 1 ,2-c]imidazol-2-yl]-2-chloro-3-methylbenzonitrile
(60B) (32 mg, 0.07 mmol) in THF (2 mL) in a plastic vial was cooled to 0 °C.
HF/pyridine complex (0.12 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h and at rt overnight. Saturated aqueous NaHC03 and CH2C12 were added.
The layers were separated and the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via chromatography (silica gel) eluting with 75% EtOAc in hexane to provide the title compound (16 mg). LC/MS m z 320 [M+H]+.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A pharmaceutical composition capable of modulating the androgen receptor comprising a compound of the formula I
Figure imgf000166_0001
I wherein
R[ is selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, C02R4, CONR4R4' and CH2OR4;
R2 and R2' are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl, substituted alkyl, OR3, SR3, halo, NHR4, NHCOR4, NHCO2R- , NHCONR4R4' and NHS02R4; and at least one of R2 and R2' is H or alkyl, with the exception that R2 and R2' can both be OR3 when R3 is not H;
R3 in each functional group is independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF2, CF3 and COR4;
R4 and R4' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
R5 and R5' are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R5 and R5' is hydrogen, or R5 and R5' taken together can form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S), NR7 or CR7R7 *;
R6 and R6' are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R6 and R6' is hydrogen, or R6 and R6' taken together can form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S), NR7 or CR7R7';
R7 and R7' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
G is an aryl, heterocyclo or heteroaryl group, wherein said group is mono- or polycyclic, and which is optionally substituted with one or more substitutents selected from hydrogen, halo, CN, CF3, OR4, C02R4, NR4R4', CONR4R4', CH2OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; and
W is selected from (CRg-Rβ'). C(R6)OR3, C(R6)(NR4R4'), n is an integer of 1 or 2; including all prodrug esters, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and stereoisomers thereof, with the following provisos:
(a) when R5 and R5' and/or R6 and R6' form a double bond with CR7R7', when either R7 or R7' is OR , R-j is not hydrogen;
(b) excluding compounds where the following occur simultanously: R2 or R2' are hydrogen, OR3, halo, NHCOR4, NHCO^, NHCONR^' or NHS02R4; R5 and R5' are hydrogen or form a double bond with oxygen or sulfur;
R6 and R6' are hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, or heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, wherein at least one of R and R6' is hydrogen, or R6 and R6' taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O), sulfur (S) or NR7;
R7 is hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, or heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; and
G has the following structure:
Figure imgf000168_0001
wherein
R13 is selected from hydrogen (H), cyano (-CN), nitro (-N02), halo, heterocyclo, ORI4, C02R15, CONHR15, COR15, S(0)pR15, S02NR15R15', NHCORis and NHS02R15;
4 in each functional group is independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF2, CF3 and CORι5;
Ri5 and R]5' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl and -CN; A and B are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), halo, cyano(-CN), nitro(-N02), alkyl or substituted alkyl and OR]4; and p is an integer from 0 to
2. The compound as defined in claim 1 wherein G is selected from:
Figure imgf000169_0001
wherein R8, R9, Rjo and Rπ are each independently selected from hydrogen (H),
N02 , CN, CF3, OR4, C02R4, NR-^', CONR4R4', CH2OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; A to F is each independently selected from N or CR9;
J, K, L, P and Q are each independently selected from NR]2, O, S, SO, S02 or CR122';
R12 and Rι2' in each functional group are each independently selected
Figure imgf000169_0002
m is an integer of 0 or 1.
3. The compound as defined in claim 2 wherein
Ri is hydrogen (H) or alkyl;
R2 or R2' is hydroxyl (OH); R5 and R5' are hydrogen or are taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O) or sulfur (S); and
R6 and R6' are taken together form a double bond with oxygen (O) or sulfur (S).
4. The compound as defined in claim 2 wherein R8 is CN.
5. The compound as defined in claim 1 selected from:
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000170_0002
Figure imgf000170_0003
Figure imgf000170_0004
6. The compound as defined in claim l selected from:
Figure imgf000170_0005
Figure imgf000170_0006
Figure imgf000170_0007
7. A compound of formula lh
Figure imgf000171_0001
lh wherein
Ri is selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, C02R4, CONR^R,' and CH2OR4; R2 and R2' are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), alkyl, substituted alkyl, OR3, SR3, halo, NHR4, NHCOR4, NHC02R4, NHCONR4R4' and NHS02R4; and at least one of R2 and R2' is H or alkyl, with the exception that R2 and R2' can both be OR3 when R3 is not H; R3 in each functional group is independently selected from hydrogen
(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF2, CF3 and COR4;
R4 and R4' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
X and Y are each independently oxygen (O) or sulfur (S);
G is an aryl, heterocyclo or heteroaryl group, wherein said group is mono- or polycyclic, and which is optionally substituted with one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, CN, CF3, OR4, C02R4, NR-1R4', CONR-iR , CH2OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; and
W is selected from (CR6R6'), C(R6)OR3, C(R6)(NR4R4'), n is an integer of 1 or 2; including all prodrug esters, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and stereoisomers thereof, with the following proviso:
( a ) excluding compounds where the following occur simultanously :
R2 or R2' is hydrogen, OR3, halo, NHCOR4, NHCOjR-j, NHCONI^R or NHS02R4; and
G has the following structure:
Figure imgf000172_0001
wherein
R13 is selected from hydrogen (H), cyano (-CN), nitro (-N02), halo, heterocyclo, OR14, C02R15, CONHR15, COR15, S(0)p5, SOZNR^RJS', NHCOR15 and NHS02R15;
R14 in each functional group is independently selected from (H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, CHF2, CF3 and COR15;
Ri5 and Rι5' in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen(H), alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl and -CN; A and B are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), halo, cyano(-CN), nitro(-N02), alkyl or substituted alkyl and ORι4; and p is an integer from 0 to 2.
8. The compound as defined in claim 7 wherein G is selected from:
Figure imgf000173_0001
wherein R8, R9, Rio and Ri i in each functional group are each independently selected from hydrogen (H), N02 , CN, CF3, OR4, C02R4, NR-jR-,', CONR4R4', CH2OR4, alkyl or substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, alkynyl or substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or substituted arylalkyl, aryl or substituted aryl and heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;
A to F is each independently selected from N or CR9; J, K, L, P and Q are each independently selected from NR12, O, S, SO, S02 or CR12R,2';
R12 and Rι2' in each functional group are each independently selected from a bond or R] ; and m is an integer of 0 or 1.
9. The compound as defined in claim 8 wherein Ri is hydrogen (H) or alkyl; and R2 or R2' is hydroxyl (OH).
10. The compound as defined in claim 8 wherein R8 is CN.
11. The pharmaceutical composition as defined in claim 1 further comprising a growth promoting agent.
12. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in claim 1 and at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from other compounds of formula I, parathyroid hormone, bisphosphonates, estrogen, testosterone, progesterone, selective estrogen receptor modulators, growth hormone secretagogues, growth hormone, progesterone receptor modulators, anti-diabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-osteoporosis agents, anti-obesity agents, cardiac glycosides, cholesterol lowering agents, anti-depressants, anti-anxiety agents, anabolic agents, and thyroid mimetics.
13. A method for treating or delaying the progression or onset of muscular atrophy, lipodistrophy, long-term critical illness, sarcopenia, frailty or age-related functional decline, reduced muscle strength and function, reduced bone density or growth, the catabolic side effects of glucocorticoids, chronic fatigue syndrome, bone fracture repair, acute fatigue syndrome and muscle loss following elective surgery, cachexia, chronic catabolic state, eating disorders, side effects of chemotherapy, wasting, depression, nervousness, irritability, stress, growth retardation, reduced cognitive function, male contraception, hypogonadism, Syndrome X, diabetic complications or obesity, which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition as defined in claim 1.
14. A method according to claim 13 further comprising administering, concurrently or sequentially, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of other compounds formula I, parathyroid hormone, bisphosphonates, estrogen, testosterone, progesterone, selective estrogen receptor modulators, growth hormone secretagogues, growth hormone, progesterone receptor modulators, anti-diabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-osteoporosis agents, anti-obesity agents, cardiac glycosides, cholesterol lowering agents, anti-depressants, anti-anxiety agents, anabolic agents and thyroid mimetics.
15. A process for preparing a compound of formula Id
R Rι o
A1A tt,V o 'G
Id
which comprises hydrolyzing a compound of formula IVa
Figure imgf000175_0001
IVa
under basic conditions to give the compound of formula XIX
Figure imgf000175_0002
XIX
which is then carried on to a compound of formula Id with the use of a coupling reagent.
16. A process for preparing a compound of formula le
Figure imgf000176_0001
le
which comprises optionally protecting the compound of formula IVa, when R2 is OH, with a protecting group by treatment with a silylating reagent and then reduced with a reducing agent to give a compound of formula XX
Figure imgf000176_0002
XX which is then derivatized with a leaving group and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and then treated with a base to give the compound of formula le.
17. The process of claim 16 wherein the protecting group is tert- Butyldimethylsilyl; the silylating reagent is tert-Butyldimethylsilyl (chloride); the reducing agent is lithium aluminum hydride or lithium borohydride; the leaving group is Tosyl; the base is potassium tert-butoxide.
18. A process for preparing a compound of formula XII ,
Figure imgf000176_0003
XII
which comprises reacting an aldehyde of formula IX
Figure imgf000177_0001
IX
with an amine of formula XV
H2N-G XV
in the presence of a reducing agent to give the compound of formula XII.
19. A process for preparing a compound of formula XIV
Figure imgf000177_0002
which comprises subjecting the compound of formula XII prepared by the process of claim 18 to N-deprotection to form a compound of formula XIII
Figure imgf000177_0003
XIII
and reacting the compound of formula XIII with phosgene or a phosgene equivalent in the presence of a base to form the compound of formula XIV.
PCT/US2003/015375 2002-04-17 2003-05-15 Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function WO2003096980A2 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004504979A JP4637572B2 (en) 2002-05-17 2003-05-15 Bicyclic modulator of androgen receptor function
EP03728951A EP1506178A4 (en) 2002-05-17 2003-05-15 Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
AU2003234609A AU2003234609A1 (en) 2002-05-17 2003-05-15 Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
NO20044809A NO20044809L (en) 2002-04-17 2004-11-04 Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
IS7527A IS7527A (en) 2002-05-17 2004-11-12 Two-ring tuner for androgen receptor activity

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US38161602P 2002-05-17 2002-05-17
US60/381,616 2002-05-17
US40671102P 2002-08-29 2002-08-29
US60/406,711 2002-08-29

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003096980A2 true WO2003096980A2 (en) 2003-11-27
WO2003096980A3 WO2003096980A3 (en) 2004-10-21

Family

ID=29553541

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2003/015375 WO2003096980A2 (en) 2002-04-17 2003-05-15 Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (1) US20040019063A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1506178A4 (en)
JP (1) JP4637572B2 (en)
AR (1) AR040030A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2003234609A1 (en)
IS (1) IS7527A (en)
MY (1) MY139579A (en)
PE (1) PE20040511A1 (en)
PL (1) PL373394A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200407324A (en)
WO (1) WO2003096980A2 (en)

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005115361A2 (en) * 2004-05-17 2005-12-08 Acadia Pharmaceuticals Inc. Androgen receptor modulators and method of treating disease using the same
EP1722793A1 (en) * 2004-03-04 2006-11-22 Brystol-Myers Squibb Company Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
WO2006133567A1 (en) 2005-06-17 2006-12-21 Endorecherche, Inc. Helix 12 directed non-steroidal antiandrogens
WO2007092727A1 (en) * 2006-02-10 2007-08-16 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Novel imidazolopyrazole derivatives useful as selective androgen receptor modulators
WO2007095423A1 (en) * 2006-02-10 2007-08-23 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Bicyclic imidazole or thiadiazole heterocycles useful as selective androgen receptor modulators
WO2007137874A3 (en) * 2006-05-31 2008-04-10 Galapagos Sas Imidazolidine derivatives, uses therefor, preparation thereof and compositions comprising such
EP1935986A2 (en) 2005-05-31 2008-06-25 Promega Corporation Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions
WO2007126765A3 (en) * 2006-03-27 2008-11-06 Univ California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
US7585877B2 (en) 2005-01-10 2009-09-08 Acadia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aminophenyl derivatives as selective androgen receptor modulators
US7709517B2 (en) 2005-05-13 2010-05-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Diarylhydantoin compounds
US7718684B2 (en) 2004-02-24 2010-05-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and materials for assessing prostate cancer therapies and compounds
EP2272973A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2011-01-12 Promega Corporation Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions
US8034548B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2011-10-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and materials for assessing prostate cancer therapies
US8067448B2 (en) 2008-02-22 2011-11-29 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
US8110594B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2012-02-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Diarylthiohydantoin compounds
US8168667B2 (en) 2006-05-31 2012-05-01 Galapagos Nv Imidazolidine derivatives, uses therefor, preparation thereof and compositions comprising such
US8268872B2 (en) 2008-02-22 2012-09-18 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
WO2013014627A1 (en) 2011-07-27 2013-01-31 Novartis Ag Pyrazoline derivatives and their use as selective androgen receptor modulators
WO2013062074A1 (en) * 2011-10-28 2013-05-02 大正製薬株式会社 Imidazolone derivative
CN103517905A (en) * 2011-05-09 2014-01-15 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 New hexahydropyrroloimidazolone compounds
US8642632B2 (en) 2010-07-02 2014-02-04 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
US8765969B2 (en) 2002-09-20 2014-07-01 Promega Corporation Luminescence-based methods and probes for measuring cytochrome P450 activity
US8987319B2 (en) 2010-02-04 2015-03-24 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
US9133182B2 (en) 2010-09-28 2015-09-15 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
AU2012241184B2 (en) * 2006-03-27 2016-01-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
AU2013205325B2 (en) * 2006-03-27 2016-03-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
US9555014B2 (en) 2010-05-12 2017-01-31 Radius Health, Inc. Therapeutic regimens
AU2016201061B2 (en) * 2006-03-27 2017-03-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
US9790537B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2017-10-17 Promega Corporation Quinone-masked probes as labeling reagents for cell uptake measurements
US9884054B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2018-02-06 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-androgens for the treatment of non-metastatic castrate-resistant prostate cancer
US9896437B2 (en) 2007-10-26 2018-02-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Diarylhydantoin compounds
US10023556B2 (en) 2010-02-16 2018-07-17 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Androgen receptor modulators and uses thereof
US10071095B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2018-09-11 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-A] pyridine derivatives and their use for the treatment of neurological and psychiatric disorders
US10071066B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2018-09-11 Duke University Method of treating cancer using selective estrogen receptor modulators
US10385008B2 (en) 2017-01-05 2019-08-20 Radius Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymorphic forms of RAD1901-2HCL
US10420734B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2019-09-24 Duke University Method of treating cancer using selective estrogen receptor modulators
US10501469B2 (en) 2016-01-11 2019-12-10 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted thiohydantoin derivatives as androgen receptor antagonists
US10702508B2 (en) 2017-10-16 2020-07-07 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-androgens for the treatment of non-metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer
WO2023016518A1 (en) 2021-08-11 2023-02-16 四川海思科制药有限公司 Heterocyclic derivative, and composition and pharmaceutical use thereof
US11771682B2 (en) 2016-06-22 2023-10-03 Ellipses Pharma Ltd. AR+ breast cancer treatment methods

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7001911B2 (en) * 2000-06-28 2006-02-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Fused cyclic modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
US20040077605A1 (en) * 2001-06-20 2004-04-22 Salvati Mark E. Fused heterocyclic succinimide compounds and analogs thereof, modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
EP1854798A3 (en) * 2000-09-19 2007-11-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Fused heterocyclic succinimide compounds and analogs thereof, modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
US20040087548A1 (en) 2001-02-27 2004-05-06 Salvati Mark E. Fused cyclic succinimide compounds and analogs thereof, modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
PL206962B1 (en) * 2001-12-19 2010-10-29 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Fused heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof: modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
US7405234B2 (en) * 2002-05-17 2008-07-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
EP1567487A4 (en) * 2002-11-15 2005-11-16 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Open chain prolyl urea-related modulators of androgen receptor function
US7318925B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2008-01-15 Amgen Fremont, Inc. Methods of use for antibodies against parathyroid hormone
AU2003282780A1 (en) 2003-08-08 2005-03-07 Abgenix, Inc. Antibodies directed to parathyroid hormone (pth) and uses thereof
US7256208B2 (en) * 2003-11-13 2007-08-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Monocyclic N-Aryl hydantoin modulators of androgen receptor function
US7820702B2 (en) 2004-02-04 2010-10-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Sulfonylpyrrolidine modulators of androgen receptor function and method
US20050182105A1 (en) * 2004-02-04 2005-08-18 Nirschl Alexandra A. Method of using 3-cyano-4-arylpyridine derivatives as modulators of androgen receptor function
US7696241B2 (en) * 2004-03-04 2010-04-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Bicyclic compounds as modulators of androgen receptor function and method
US7388027B2 (en) * 2004-03-04 2008-06-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Bicyclic compounds as modulators of androgen receptor function and method
ATE493973T1 (en) 2004-06-04 2011-01-15 Teva Pharma PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING IRBESARTAN
WO2007028654A1 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-15 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyridine derivatives and their use in the treatment of psychotic disorders
US8124636B2 (en) * 2008-04-30 2012-02-28 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Imidazolidinone derivatives as 11B-HSD1 inhibitors
ES2614232T3 (en) * 2011-12-22 2017-05-30 Merck Patent Gmbh Novel heterocyclic carboxamides as modulators of kinase activity
JOP20200097A1 (en) 2013-01-15 2017-06-16 Aragon Pharmaceuticals Inc Androgen receptor modulator and uses thereof
JP6863832B2 (en) * 2016-07-21 2021-04-21 日清ファルマ株式会社 Composition for suppressing muscle atrophy
CN110256342B (en) * 2019-07-16 2022-06-07 河南省科学院化学研究所有限公司 Synthetic method of 2-cyano quinoline derivative

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4959361A (en) * 1987-12-18 1990-09-25 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Triazolo(4,3-A)(1,4)benzodiazepines and thieno (3,2-F)(1,2,4)triazolo(4,3-A)(1,4)diazepine compounds which have useful activity as platelet activating factor (PAF) antagonists
US5693646A (en) * 1994-12-22 1997-12-02 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Steroid receptor modulator compounds and methods

Family Cites Families (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3239345A (en) * 1965-02-15 1966-03-08 Estrogenic compounds and animal growth promoters
NL6704169A (en) * 1966-04-06 1967-10-09
US4411890A (en) * 1981-04-14 1983-10-25 Beckman Instruments, Inc. Synthetic peptides having pituitary growth hormone releasing activity
US4036979A (en) * 1974-01-25 1977-07-19 American Cyanamid Company Compositions containing 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenz[b]thien-4-yl-ureas or derivatives and methods of enhancing growth rate
JPS5195134A (en) * 1975-02-10 1976-08-20
CA1076114A (en) * 1975-02-10 1980-04-22 Mitsubishi Chemical Industries Limited 1,5-alkylene-3-aryl hydantoin derivatives
JPS5933593B2 (en) * 1976-01-01 1984-08-16 三菱化学株式会社 Derivatives of hydantoin or thiohydantoin
JPS55153763A (en) * 1979-05-21 1980-11-29 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Modifier for citrus fruits
JPS57175189A (en) * 1981-04-21 1982-10-28 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Benzothiazole derivative and its preparation
US4859684A (en) * 1986-09-15 1989-08-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. (1H-imidazol-1-ylmethyl) substituted benzimidazole derivatives and use thereof in treating androgen dependent disorders
DE3809390A1 (en) * 1988-03-16 1989-09-28 Schering Ag Perhydro-imidazopyridines and -pyrroloimidazoles, processes for their preparation, and their use as herbicides
DE3827221A1 (en) * 1988-08-11 1990-02-15 Bayer Ag SUBSTITUTED N-PHENYL NITROGEN OR NITROGEN-SULFUR HETEROCYCLES, METHODS AND CORRESPONDING HETEROCYCLIC PHENOL DERIVATIVES, PHENYLISO (THIO) CYANATES AND CARBAMATES AS INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION, THEIR USE IN PLANTING PLANT
US5179080A (en) * 1989-08-31 1993-01-12 Clinical Homecare, Corp. Formulations containing growth hormone and nutritional supplements, and methods of treating malnutrition in chronic lung disease
HUT62296A (en) * 1990-12-18 1993-04-28 Sandoz Ag Herbicidal composition comprising hydantoin derivative as active ingredient and process for producing the active ingredient
WO1994005668A1 (en) * 1992-09-10 1994-03-17 Degussa Aktiengesellschaft Bicyclic imides as herbicides
IL107719A0 (en) * 1992-12-21 1994-02-27 Du Pont Imidazolones their manufacture and their use as herbicides
US5488064A (en) * 1994-05-02 1996-01-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Benzo 1,3 dioxole derivatives
US5612359A (en) * 1994-08-26 1997-03-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted biphenyl isoxazole sulfonamides
US5491134A (en) * 1994-09-16 1996-02-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Sulfonic, phosphonic or phosphiniic acid β3 agonist derivatives
US5541204A (en) * 1994-12-02 1996-07-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Aryloxypropanolamine β 3 adrenergic agonists
US6310095B1 (en) * 1995-11-06 2001-10-30 University Of Pittsburgh Inhibitors of protein isoprenyl transferases
CA2376957A1 (en) * 1999-06-30 2001-01-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Src kinase inhibitor compounds
US6365615B1 (en) * 1999-07-21 2002-04-02 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Small molecules useful in the treatment of inflammatory disease
BR0014651A (en) * 1999-10-20 2002-06-18 Tanabe Seiyaku Co Beta2-mediated cell adhesion inhibitors
MXPA02006134A (en) * 1999-12-21 2002-12-13 Guilford Pharm Inc Hydantoin derivative compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of using same.
EP1414795A4 (en) * 2001-07-31 2006-03-01 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
TW200303200A (en) * 2002-02-07 2003-09-01 Tanabe Seiyaku Co Inhibitors of α L β 2 integrin mediated cell adhesion

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4959361A (en) * 1987-12-18 1990-09-25 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Triazolo(4,3-A)(1,4)benzodiazepines and thieno (3,2-F)(1,2,4)triazolo(4,3-A)(1,4)diazepine compounds which have useful activity as platelet activating factor (PAF) antagonists
US5693646A (en) * 1994-12-22 1997-12-02 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Steroid receptor modulator compounds and methods

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP1506178A2 *

Cited By (84)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8765969B2 (en) 2002-09-20 2014-07-01 Promega Corporation Luminescence-based methods and probes for measuring cytochrome P450 activity
US9574223B2 (en) 2002-09-20 2017-02-21 Promega Corporation Luminescence-based methods and probes for measuring cytochrome P450 activity
US10408819B2 (en) 2002-09-20 2019-09-10 Promega Corporation Luminescence-based methods and probes for measuring cytochrome P450 activity
US8034548B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2011-10-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and materials for assessing prostate cancer therapies
US7718684B2 (en) 2004-02-24 2010-05-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and materials for assessing prostate cancer therapies and compounds
EP1722793A1 (en) * 2004-03-04 2006-11-22 Brystol-Myers Squibb Company Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
EP1722793A4 (en) * 2004-03-04 2009-12-16 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
WO2005115361A2 (en) * 2004-05-17 2005-12-08 Acadia Pharmaceuticals Inc. Androgen receptor modulators and method of treating disease using the same
US7268232B2 (en) 2004-05-17 2007-09-11 Acadia Pharmaceuticals Inc. Androgen receptor modulators and method of treating disease using the same
WO2005115361A3 (en) * 2004-05-17 2006-03-16 Acadia Pharm Inc Androgen receptor modulators and method of treating disease using the same
JP2007538085A (en) * 2004-05-17 2007-12-27 アカディア ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイティド Androgen receptor modulator and method of treating disease using the same
US7585877B2 (en) 2005-01-10 2009-09-08 Acadia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aminophenyl derivatives as selective androgen receptor modulators
US9126941B2 (en) 2005-05-13 2015-09-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Treatment of hyperproliferative disorders with diarylhydantoin compounds
US7709517B2 (en) 2005-05-13 2010-05-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Diarylhydantoin compounds
EP2778234A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2014-09-17 Promega Corporation Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions
US10077244B2 (en) 2005-05-31 2018-09-18 Promega Corporation Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions
EP3312292A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2018-04-25 Promega Corporation Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions
EP1935986A2 (en) 2005-05-31 2008-06-25 Promega Corporation Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions
EP2272973A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2011-01-12 Promega Corporation Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions
EP2272972A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2011-01-12 Promega Corporation Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions
EP2277872A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2011-01-26 Promega Corporation Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions
US10745365B2 (en) 2005-05-31 2020-08-18 Promega Corporation Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions
WO2006133567A1 (en) 2005-06-17 2006-12-21 Endorecherche, Inc. Helix 12 directed non-steroidal antiandrogens
CN101415710B (en) * 2006-02-10 2013-08-21 詹森药业有限公司 Bicyclic imidazole or thiadiazole heterocycles useful as selective androgen receptor modulators
US8097730B2 (en) 2006-02-10 2012-01-17 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Bicyclic heterocycles useful as selective androgen receptor modulators
US7655683B2 (en) 2006-02-10 2010-02-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Imidazolopyrazole derivatives useful as selective androgen receptor modulators
WO2007092727A1 (en) * 2006-02-10 2007-08-16 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Novel imidazolopyrazole derivatives useful as selective androgen receptor modulators
WO2007095423A1 (en) * 2006-02-10 2007-08-23 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Bicyclic imidazole or thiadiazole heterocycles useful as selective androgen receptor modulators
US7626036B2 (en) 2006-02-10 2009-12-01 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Bicyclic heterocycles useful as selective androgen receptor modulators
JP2009526077A (en) * 2006-02-10 2009-07-16 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ New imidazolopyrazole derivatives useful as selective androgen receptor modulators
AU2007243651C1 (en) * 2006-03-27 2013-03-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
US10857139B2 (en) 2006-03-27 2020-12-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted diazaspiroalkanes as androgen receptor modulators
US9987261B2 (en) 2006-03-27 2018-06-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted diazaspiroalkanes as androgen receptor modulators
WO2007126765A3 (en) * 2006-03-27 2008-11-06 Univ California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
AU2017203683B2 (en) * 2006-03-27 2018-07-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
CN101454002B (en) * 2006-03-27 2011-06-08 加利福尼亚大学董事会 Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
AU2016201061B2 (en) * 2006-03-27 2017-03-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
AU2018241101B2 (en) * 2006-03-27 2020-06-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
US11771687B2 (en) 2006-03-27 2023-10-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted diazaspiroalkanes as androgen receptor modulators
AU2013205325B2 (en) * 2006-03-27 2016-03-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
AU2012241184B2 (en) * 2006-03-27 2016-01-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
AU2007243651B2 (en) * 2006-03-27 2012-08-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Androgen receptor modulator for the treatment of prostate cancer and androgen receptor-associated diseases
US8110594B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2012-02-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Diarylthiohydantoin compounds
US8168667B2 (en) 2006-05-31 2012-05-01 Galapagos Nv Imidazolidine derivatives, uses therefor, preparation thereof and compositions comprising such
WO2007137874A3 (en) * 2006-05-31 2008-04-10 Galapagos Sas Imidazolidine derivatives, uses therefor, preparation thereof and compositions comprising such
US9896437B2 (en) 2007-10-26 2018-02-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Diarylhydantoin compounds
US8268872B2 (en) 2008-02-22 2012-09-18 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
US8067448B2 (en) 2008-02-22 2011-11-29 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
US8629167B2 (en) 2008-02-22 2014-01-14 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
US8455525B2 (en) 2008-02-22 2013-06-04 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
US10071095B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2018-09-11 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-A] pyridine derivatives and their use for the treatment of neurological and psychiatric disorders
US8987319B2 (en) 2010-02-04 2015-03-24 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
US10023556B2 (en) 2010-02-16 2018-07-17 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Androgen receptor modulators and uses thereof
US9555014B2 (en) 2010-05-12 2017-01-31 Radius Health, Inc. Therapeutic regimens
US8642632B2 (en) 2010-07-02 2014-02-04 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
US9133182B2 (en) 2010-09-28 2015-09-15 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
US9920044B2 (en) 2010-09-28 2018-03-20 Radius Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
CN103517905B (en) * 2011-05-09 2016-08-24 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Novel hexahydropyrrolo imidazoquinolone compounds
CN103517905A (en) * 2011-05-09 2014-01-15 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 New hexahydropyrroloimidazolone compounds
AU2012288457B2 (en) * 2011-07-27 2016-03-24 Novartis Ag Pyrazoline derivatives and their use as selective androgen receptor modulators
US9051326B2 (en) 2011-07-27 2015-06-09 Novartis Ag Pyrazoline derivatives and their use as selective androgen receptor modulators
EA023970B1 (en) * 2011-07-27 2016-07-29 Новартис Аг Pyrazoline derivatives and their use as selective androgen receptor modulators
WO2013014627A1 (en) 2011-07-27 2013-01-31 Novartis Ag Pyrazoline derivatives and their use as selective androgen receptor modulators
CN103857678A (en) * 2011-07-27 2014-06-11 诺华股份有限公司 Pyrazoline derivatives and their use as selective androgen receptor modulators
WO2013062074A1 (en) * 2011-10-28 2013-05-02 大正製薬株式会社 Imidazolone derivative
USRE49353E1 (en) 2012-09-26 2023-01-03 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-androgens for the treatment of non-metastatic castrate-resistant prostate cancer
US10052314B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2018-08-21 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-androgens for the treatment of non-metastatic castrate-resistant prostate cancer
US10849888B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2020-12-01 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-androgens for the treatment of non-metastatic castrate-resistant prostate cancer
US10799488B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2020-10-13 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-androgens for the treatment of non-metastatic castrate-resistant prostate cancer
US10799489B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2020-10-13 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-androgens for the treatment of non-metastatic castrate-resistant prostate cancer
US9884054B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2018-02-06 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-androgens for the treatment of non-metastatic castrate-resistant prostate cancer
US9790537B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2017-10-17 Promega Corporation Quinone-masked probes as labeling reagents for cell uptake measurements
US10071066B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2018-09-11 Duke University Method of treating cancer using selective estrogen receptor modulators
US10420734B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2019-09-24 Duke University Method of treating cancer using selective estrogen receptor modulators
US11779552B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2023-10-10 Duke University Method of treating cancer using selective estrogen receptor modulators
US11951080B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2024-04-09 Duke University Method of treating cancer using selective estrogen receptor modulators
US10501469B2 (en) 2016-01-11 2019-12-10 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted thiohydantoin derivatives as androgen receptor antagonists
US10981926B2 (en) 2016-01-11 2021-04-20 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted thiohydantoin derivatives as androgen receptor antagonists
US11771682B2 (en) 2016-06-22 2023-10-03 Ellipses Pharma Ltd. AR+ breast cancer treatment methods
US10385008B2 (en) 2017-01-05 2019-08-20 Radius Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymorphic forms of RAD1901-2HCL
US11160796B2 (en) 2017-10-16 2021-11-02 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-androgens for the treatment of non-metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer
US11491149B2 (en) 2017-10-16 2022-11-08 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-androgens for the treatment of non-metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer
US10702508B2 (en) 2017-10-16 2020-07-07 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-androgens for the treatment of non-metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer
WO2023016518A1 (en) 2021-08-11 2023-02-16 四川海思科制药有限公司 Heterocyclic derivative, and composition and pharmaceutical use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
PE20040511A1 (en) 2004-08-25
AU2003234609A8 (en) 2003-12-02
US20040019063A1 (en) 2004-01-29
TW200407324A (en) 2004-05-16
AR040030A1 (en) 2005-03-09
EP1506178A2 (en) 2005-02-16
MY139579A (en) 2009-10-30
IS7527A (en) 2004-11-12
WO2003096980A3 (en) 2004-10-21
JP4637572B2 (en) 2011-02-23
JP2005531555A (en) 2005-10-20
AU2003234609A1 (en) 2003-12-02
PL373394A1 (en) 2005-08-22
EP1506178A4 (en) 2006-05-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20040019063A1 (en) Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
US7772267B2 (en) Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
US7388027B2 (en) Bicyclic compounds as modulators of androgen receptor function and method
US6670386B2 (en) Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
US7989640B2 (en) Sulfonylpyrrolidine modulators of androgen receptor function and method
US7732480B2 (en) Bicyclic compounds as modulators of androgen receptor function and method
US7632858B2 (en) Open chain prolyl urea-related modulators of androgen receptor function
US7256208B2 (en) Monocyclic N-Aryl hydantoin modulators of androgen receptor function
US7625923B2 (en) Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
US20050182105A1 (en) Method of using 3-cyano-4-arylpyridine derivatives as modulators of androgen receptor function
US20040077606A1 (en) Fused cyclic modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
US20030114420A1 (en) Fused cyclic modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
WO2005040136A1 (en) Piperazine derivatives and their use as modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
CA2413683A1 (en) Fused cyclic compounds as modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003728951

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 373394

Country of ref document: PL

Ref document number: 2004504979

Country of ref document: JP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003728951

Country of ref document: EP